Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-m68k.c revision 1.10.12.2
      1        1.1     skrll /* Motorola 68k series support for 32-bit ELF
      2  1.10.12.1  pgoyette    Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3        1.1     skrll 
      4        1.1     skrll    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      5        1.1     skrll 
      6        1.1     skrll    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      7        1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
      8        1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
      9        1.1     skrll    (at your option) any later version.
     10        1.1     skrll 
     11        1.1     skrll    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     12        1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     13        1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     14        1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     15        1.1     skrll 
     16        1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     17        1.1     skrll    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     18        1.1     skrll    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     19        1.1     skrll    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     20        1.1     skrll 
     21        1.1     skrll #include "sysdep.h"
     22        1.1     skrll #include "bfd.h"
     23        1.1     skrll #include "bfdlink.h"
     24        1.1     skrll #include "libbfd.h"
     25        1.1     skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
     26        1.1     skrll #include "elf/m68k.h"
     27        1.1     skrll #include "opcode/m68k.h"
     28        1.1     skrll 
     29        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
     30        1.4  christos elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
     31        1.1     skrll 
     32        1.4  christos static reloc_howto_type howto_table[] =
     33        1.4  christos {
     34  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_NONE,	  0, 3, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_NONE",	  FALSE, 0, 0x00000000,FALSE),
     35  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_32,	  0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_32",	  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     36  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_16,	  0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_16",	  FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     37  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_8,	  0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_8",	  FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     38  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PC32,	  0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC32",	  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     39  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PC16,	  0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC16",	  FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     40  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PC8,	  0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC8",	  FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     41  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32,	  0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32",	  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     42  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16,	  0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16",	  FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     43  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8,	  0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8",	  FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     44  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32O,	  0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32O",	  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     45  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16O,	  0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16O",	  FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     46  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8O,	  0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8O",	  FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     47  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32,	  0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32",	  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     48  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16,	  0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16",	  FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     49  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8,	  0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8",	  FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     50  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32O,	  0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32O",	  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     51  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16O,	  0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16O",	  FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     52  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8O,	  0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8O",	  FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     53  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_COPY,	  0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_COPY",	  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     54  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_GLOB_DAT,	  0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GLOB_DAT",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     55  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_JMP_SLOT,	  0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_JMP_SLOT",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     56  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_RELATIVE,	  0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_RELATIVE",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     57        1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
     58        1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT,	/* type */
     59        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     60        1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     61        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
     62        1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     63        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     64        1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     65        1.1     skrll 	 NULL,			/* special_function */
     66        1.1     skrll 	 "R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT",	/* name */
     67        1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     68        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     69        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
     70        1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),
     71        1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
     72        1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY,	/* type */
     73        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     74        1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     75        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
     76        1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     77        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     78        1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     79        1.1     skrll 	 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
     80        1.1     skrll 	 "R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY",	/* name */
     81        1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     82        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     83        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
     84        1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),
     85        1.3  christos 
     86        1.3  christos   /* TLS general dynamic variable reference.  */
     87        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD32,	/* type */
     88        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     89        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     90        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
     91        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     92        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     93        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
     94        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
     95        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD32",	/* name */
     96        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     97        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     98        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
     99        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    100        1.3  christos 
    101        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD16,	/* type */
    102        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    103        1.3  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    104        1.3  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    105        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    106        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    107        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    108        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    109        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD16",	/* name */
    110        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    111        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    112        1.3  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    113        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    114        1.3  christos 
    115        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD8,		/* type */
    116        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    117        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    118        1.3  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    119        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    120        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    121        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    122        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    123        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD8",	/* name */
    124        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    125        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    126        1.3  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    127        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    128        1.3  christos 
    129        1.3  christos   /* TLS local dynamic variable reference.  */
    130        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM32,	/* type */
    131        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    132        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    133        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    134        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    135        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    136        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    137        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    138        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM32",	/* name */
    139        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    140        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    141        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    142        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    143        1.3  christos 
    144        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM16,	/* type */
    145        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    146        1.3  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    147        1.3  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    148        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    149        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    150        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    151        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    152        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM16",	/* name */
    153        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    154        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    155        1.3  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    156        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    157        1.3  christos 
    158        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM8,		/* type */
    159        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    160        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    161        1.3  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    162        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    163        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    164        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    165        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    166        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM8",	/* name */
    167        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    168        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    169        1.3  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    170        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    171        1.3  christos 
    172        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO32,	/* type */
    173        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    174        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    175        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    176        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    177        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    178        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    179        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    180        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO32",	/* name */
    181        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    182        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    183        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    184        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    185        1.3  christos 
    186        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO16,	/* type */
    187        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    188        1.3  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    189        1.3  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    190        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    191        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    192        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    193        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    194        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO16",	/* name */
    195        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    196        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    197        1.3  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    198        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    199        1.3  christos 
    200        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO8,		/* type */
    201        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    202        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    203        1.3  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    204        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    205        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    206        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    207        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    208        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO8",	/* name */
    209        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    210        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    211        1.3  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    212        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    213        1.3  christos 
    214        1.3  christos   /* TLS initial execution variable reference.  */
    215        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE32,	/* type */
    216        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    217        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    218        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    219        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    220        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    221        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    222        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    223        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE32",	/* name */
    224        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    225        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    226        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    227        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    228        1.3  christos 
    229        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE16,	/* type */
    230        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    231        1.3  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    232        1.3  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    233        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    234        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    235        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    236        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    237        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE16",	/* name */
    238        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    239        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    240        1.3  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    241        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    242        1.3  christos 
    243        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE8,		/* type */
    244        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    245        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    246        1.3  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    247        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    248        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    249        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    250        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    251        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE8",	/* name */
    252        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    253        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    254        1.3  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    255        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    256        1.3  christos 
    257        1.3  christos   /* TLS local execution variable reference.  */
    258        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE32,	/* type */
    259        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    260        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    261        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    262        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    263        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    264        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    265        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    266        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE32",	/* name */
    267        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    268        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    269        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    270        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    271        1.3  christos 
    272        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE16,	/* type */
    273        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    274        1.3  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    275        1.3  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    276        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    277        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    278        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    279        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    280        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE16",	/* name */
    281        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    282        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    283        1.3  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    284        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    285        1.3  christos 
    286        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE8,		/* type */
    287        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    288        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    289        1.3  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    290        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    291        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    292        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    293        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    294        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE8",	/* name */
    295        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    296        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    297        1.3  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    298        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    299        1.3  christos 
    300        1.3  christos   /* TLS GD/LD dynamic relocations.  */
    301        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32,	/* type */
    302        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    303        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    304        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    305        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    306        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    307        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    308        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    309        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32",	/* name */
    310        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    311        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    312        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    313        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    314        1.3  christos 
    315        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32,	/* type */
    316        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    317        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    318        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    319        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    320        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    321        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    322        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    323        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32",	/* name */
    324        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    325        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    326        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    327        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    328        1.3  christos 
    329        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_TPREL32,	/* type */
    330        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    331        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    332        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    333        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    334        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    335        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    336        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    337        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_TPREL32",	/* name */
    338        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    339        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    340        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    341        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    342        1.1     skrll };
    343        1.1     skrll 
    344  1.10.12.2  pgoyette static bfd_boolean
    345        1.3  christos rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
    346        1.1     skrll {
    347        1.3  christos   unsigned int indx = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    348        1.3  christos 
    349        1.3  christos   if (indx >= (unsigned int) R_68K_max)
    350        1.3  christos     {
    351  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       /* xgettext:c-format */
    352  1.10.12.2  pgoyette       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
    353  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 			  abfd, indx);
    354  1.10.12.2  pgoyette       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    355  1.10.12.2  pgoyette       return FALSE;
    356        1.3  christos     }
    357        1.3  christos   cache_ptr->howto = &howto_table[indx];
    358  1.10.12.2  pgoyette   return TRUE;
    359        1.1     skrll }
    360        1.1     skrll 
    361        1.1     skrll #define elf_info_to_howto rtype_to_howto
    362        1.1     skrll 
    363        1.1     skrll static const struct
    364        1.1     skrll {
    365        1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_val;
    366        1.1     skrll   int elf_val;
    367        1.3  christos }
    368        1.3  christos   reloc_map[] =
    369        1.3  christos {
    370        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_NONE },
    371        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32, R_68K_32 },
    372        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16, R_68K_16 },
    373        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8, R_68K_8 },
    374        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_68K_PC32 },
    375        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL, R_68K_PC16 },
    376        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_68K_PC8 },
    377        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT32 },
    378        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT16 },
    379        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT8 },
    380        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT32O },
    381        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT16O },
    382        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT8O },
    383        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT32 },
    384        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT16 },
    385        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT8 },
    386        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT32O },
    387        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT16O },
    388        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT8O },
    389        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_COPY },
    390        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_68K_GLOB_DAT, R_68K_GLOB_DAT },
    391        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_68K_JMP_SLOT, R_68K_JMP_SLOT },
    392        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_68K_RELATIVE, R_68K_RELATIVE },
    393        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_68K_32 },
    394        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT },
    395        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY },
    396        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD32, R_68K_TLS_GD32 },
    397        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD16, R_68K_TLS_GD16 },
    398        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD8, R_68K_TLS_GD8 },
    399        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM32, R_68K_TLS_LDM32 },
    400        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM16, R_68K_TLS_LDM16 },
    401        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM8, R_68K_TLS_LDM8 },
    402        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO32, R_68K_TLS_LDO32 },
    403        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO16, R_68K_TLS_LDO16 },
    404        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO8, R_68K_TLS_LDO8 },
    405        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE32, R_68K_TLS_IE32 },
    406        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE16, R_68K_TLS_IE16 },
    407        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE8, R_68K_TLS_IE8 },
    408        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE32, R_68K_TLS_LE32 },
    409        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE16, R_68K_TLS_LE16 },
    410        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE8, R_68K_TLS_LE8 },
    411        1.1     skrll };
    412        1.1     skrll 
    413        1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    414        1.4  christos reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    415        1.4  christos 		   bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
    416        1.1     skrll {
    417        1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    418        1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (reloc_map) / sizeof (reloc_map[0]); i++)
    419        1.1     skrll     {
    420        1.1     skrll       if (reloc_map[i].bfd_val == code)
    421        1.1     skrll 	return &howto_table[reloc_map[i].elf_val];
    422        1.1     skrll     }
    423        1.1     skrll   return 0;
    424        1.1     skrll }
    425        1.1     skrll 
    426        1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    427        1.1     skrll reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *r_name)
    428        1.1     skrll {
    429        1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    430        1.1     skrll 
    431        1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (howto_table) / sizeof (howto_table[0]); i++)
    432        1.1     skrll     if (howto_table[i].name != NULL
    433        1.1     skrll 	&& strcasecmp (howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    434        1.1     skrll       return &howto_table[i];
    435        1.1     skrll 
    436        1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    437        1.1     skrll }
    438        1.1     skrll 
    439        1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup reloc_type_lookup
    440        1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup reloc_name_lookup
    441        1.1     skrll #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_m68k
    442        1.3  christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID M68K_ELF_DATA
    443        1.1     skrll 
    444        1.1     skrll /* Functions for the m68k ELF linker.  */
    446        1.1     skrll 
    447        1.1     skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
    448        1.1     skrll    section.  */
    449        1.1     skrll 
    450        1.1     skrll #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
    451        1.1     skrll 
    452        1.1     skrll /* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
    453        1.1     skrll 
    454        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_plt_info
    455        1.1     skrll {
    456        1.1     skrll   /* The size of each PLT entry.  */
    457        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma size;
    458        1.1     skrll 
    459        1.1     skrll   /* The template for the first PLT entry.  */
    460        1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
    461        1.1     skrll 
    462        1.1     skrll   /* Offsets of fields in PLT0_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
    463        1.1     skrll      The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
    464        1.1     skrll      is against.  */
    465        1.1     skrll   struct {
    466        1.1     skrll     unsigned int got4; /* .got + 4 */
    467        1.1     skrll     unsigned int got8; /* .got + 8 */
    468        1.1     skrll   } plt0_relocs;
    469        1.1     skrll 
    470        1.1     skrll   /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
    471        1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
    472        1.1     skrll 
    473        1.1     skrll   /* Offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
    474        1.1     skrll      The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
    475        1.1     skrll      is against.  */
    476        1.1     skrll   struct {
    477        1.1     skrll     unsigned int got; /* the symbol's .got.plt entry */
    478        1.1     skrll     unsigned int plt; /* .plt */
    479        1.1     skrll   } symbol_relocs;
    480        1.1     skrll 
    481        1.1     skrll   /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.
    482        1.1     skrll      The stub starts with "move.l #relocoffset,%d0".  */
    483        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma symbol_resolve_entry;
    484        1.1     skrll };
    485        1.1     skrll 
    486        1.1     skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
    487        1.1     skrll 
    488        1.1     skrll #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 20
    489        1.1     skrll 
    490        1.1     skrll /* The first entry in a procedure linkage table looks like this.  See
    491        1.1     skrll    the SVR4 ABI m68k supplement to see how this works.  */
    492        1.1     skrll 
    493        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    494        1.1     skrll {
    495        1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
    496        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    497        1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,addr]) */
    498        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    499        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* pad out to 20 bytes.  */
    500        1.1     skrll };
    501        1.1     skrll 
    502        1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    503        1.1     skrll 
    504        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    505        1.1     skrll {
    506        1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,symbol@GOTPC]) */
    507        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    508        1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    509        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* + reloc index */
    510        1.1     skrll   0x60, 0xff,		  /* bra.l .plt */
    511        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* + .plt - . */
    512        1.1     skrll };
    513  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
    514  1.10.12.1  pgoyette static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_m68k_plt_info =
    515        1.1     skrll {
    516        1.1     skrll   PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    517        1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
    518        1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_plt_entry, { 4, 16 }, 8
    519        1.1     skrll };
    520        1.1     skrll 
    521        1.1     skrll #define ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    522        1.1     skrll 
    523        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt0_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    524  1.10.12.1  pgoyette {
    525  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    526        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    527  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),-(%sp) */
    528  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    529        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    530  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    531        1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    532        1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0x71		  /* nop */
    533        1.1     skrll };
    534        1.1     skrll 
    535        1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    536        1.1     skrll 
    537        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    538  1.10.12.1  pgoyette {
    539  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    540        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    541  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    542  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    543  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    544  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* + reloc index */
    545  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x60, 0xff,		  /* bra.l .plt */
    546        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* + .plt - . */
    547        1.1     skrll };
    548  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
    549  1.10.12.1  pgoyette static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isab_plt_info =
    550        1.1     skrll {
    551        1.1     skrll   ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    552        1.1     skrll   elf_isab_plt0_entry, { 2, 12 },
    553        1.1     skrll   elf_isab_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
    554        1.1     skrll };
    555        1.1     skrll 
    556        1.1     skrll #define ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    557        1.1     skrll 
    558        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt0_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    559        1.1     skrll {
    560        1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    561        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with .got + 4 - . */
    562        1.1     skrll   0x2e, 0xbb, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),(%sp) */
    563        1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    564        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with .got + 8 - . */
    565        1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    566        1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    567        1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0x71		  /* nop */
    568        1.1     skrll };
    569        1.1     skrll 
    570        1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    571        1.1     skrll 
    572        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    573        1.1     skrll {
    574        1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    575        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with (.got entry) - . */
    576        1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    577        1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    578        1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    579        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with offset into relocation table */
    580  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x61, 0xff,		  /* bsr.l .plt */
    581        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* replaced with .plt - . */
    582        1.1     skrll };
    583  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
    584  1.10.12.1  pgoyette static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isac_plt_info =
    585        1.1     skrll {
    586        1.1     skrll   ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    587        1.1     skrll   elf_isac_plt0_entry, { 2, 12},
    588        1.1     skrll   elf_isac_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
    589        1.1     skrll };
    590        1.1     skrll 
    591        1.1     skrll #define CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    592        1.1     skrll /* Procedure linkage table entries for the cpu32 */
    593        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt0_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    594        1.1     skrll {
    595  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
    596        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    597  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70, /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
    598  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    599  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x4e, 0xd1,		  /* jmp %a1@ */
    600        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* pad out to 24 bytes.  */
    601        1.1     skrll   0, 0
    602        1.1     skrll };
    603        1.1     skrll 
    604        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    605        1.1     skrll {
    606  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70,  /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
    607  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0, 0, 0, 2,		   /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    608  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x4e, 0xd1,		   /* jmp %a1@ */
    609  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x2f, 0x3c,		   /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    610  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0, 0, 0, 0,		   /* + reloc index */
    611  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x60, 0xff,		   /* bra.l .plt */
    612        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		   /* + .plt - . */
    613        1.1     skrll   0, 0
    614        1.1     skrll };
    615  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
    616  1.10.12.1  pgoyette static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_cpu32_plt_info =
    617        1.1     skrll {
    618        1.1     skrll   CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    619        1.1     skrll   elf_cpu32_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
    620        1.1     skrll   elf_cpu32_plt_entry, { 4, 18 }, 10
    621        1.1     skrll };
    622        1.1     skrll 
    623        1.1     skrll /* The m68k linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
    624        1.1     skrll    decides to copy in check_relocs for each symbol.  This is so that it
    625        1.1     skrll    can discard PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when linking
    626        1.1     skrll    with -Bsymbolic.  We store the information in a field extending the
    627        1.1     skrll    regular ELF linker hash table.  */
    628        1.1     skrll 
    629        1.1     skrll /* This structure keeps track of the number of PC relative relocs we have
    630        1.1     skrll    copied for a given symbol.  */
    631        1.1     skrll 
    632        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied
    633        1.1     skrll {
    634        1.1     skrll   /* Next section.  */
    635        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *next;
    636        1.1     skrll   /* A section in dynobj.  */
    637        1.1     skrll   asection *section;
    638        1.1     skrll   /* Number of relocs copied in this section.  */
    639        1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type count;
    640        1.1     skrll };
    641        1.1     skrll 
    642        1.1     skrll /* Forward declaration.  */
    643        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry;
    644        1.1     skrll 
    645        1.1     skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash entry.  */
    646        1.1     skrll 
    647        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry
    648        1.1     skrll {
    649        1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
    650        1.1     skrll 
    651        1.1     skrll   /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol.  */
    652        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *pcrel_relocs_copied;
    653        1.1     skrll 
    654        1.1     skrll   /* Key to got_entries.  */
    655        1.1     skrll   unsigned long got_entry_key;
    656        1.1     skrll 
    657        1.1     skrll   /* List of GOT entries for this symbol.  This list is build during
    658        1.1     skrll      offset finalization and is used within elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
    659        1.1     skrll      to traverse all GOT entries for a particular symbol.
    660        1.1     skrll 
    661        1.1     skrll      ??? We could've used root.got.glist field instead, but having
    662        1.1     skrll      a separate field is cleaner.  */
    663        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *glist;
    664        1.1     skrll };
    665        1.1     skrll 
    666        1.1     skrll #define elf_m68k_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
    667        1.1     skrll 
    668        1.1     skrll /* Key part of GOT entry in hashtable.  */
    669        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key
    670        1.1     skrll {
    671        1.1     skrll   /* BFD in which this symbol was defined.  NULL for global symbols.  */
    672        1.1     skrll   const bfd *bfd;
    673        1.1     skrll 
    674        1.1     skrll   /* Symbol index.  Either local symbol index or h->got_entry_key.  */
    675        1.3  christos   unsigned long symndx;
    676        1.3  christos 
    677        1.3  christos   /* Type is one of R_68K_GOT{8, 16, 32}O, R_68K_TLS_GD{8, 16, 32},
    678        1.3  christos      R_68K_TLS_LDM{8, 16, 32} or R_68K_TLS_IE{8, 16, 32}.
    679        1.3  christos 
    680        1.3  christos      From perspective of hashtable key, only elf_m68k_got_reloc_type (type)
    681        1.3  christos      matters.  That is, we distinguish between, say, R_68K_GOT16O
    682        1.3  christos      and R_68K_GOT32O when allocating offsets, but they are considered to be
    683        1.3  christos      the same when searching got->entries.  */
    684        1.1     skrll   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
    685        1.1     skrll };
    686        1.3  christos 
    687        1.3  christos /* Size of the GOT offset suitable for relocation.  */
    688        1.3  christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size { R_8, R_16, R_32, R_LAST };
    689        1.1     skrll 
    690        1.1     skrll /* Entry of the GOT.  */
    691        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry
    692        1.1     skrll {
    693        1.1     skrll   /* GOT entries are put into a got->entries hashtable.  This is the key.  */
    694        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
    695        1.1     skrll 
    696        1.1     skrll   /* GOT entry data.  We need s1 before offset finalization and s2 after.  */
    697        1.1     skrll   union
    698        1.1     skrll   {
    699        1.1     skrll     struct
    700  1.10.12.1  pgoyette     {
    701        1.1     skrll       /* Number of times this entry is referenced.  */
    702        1.1     skrll       bfd_vma refcount;
    703        1.1     skrll     } s1;
    704        1.1     skrll 
    705        1.1     skrll     struct
    706        1.1     skrll     {
    707  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       /* Offset from the start of .got section.  To calculate offset relative
    708        1.1     skrll 	 to GOT pointer one should subtract got->offset from this value.  */
    709        1.1     skrll       bfd_vma offset;
    710        1.1     skrll 
    711        1.1     skrll       /* Pointer to the next GOT entry for this global symbol.
    712        1.1     skrll 	 Symbols have at most one entry in one GOT, but might
    713        1.1     skrll 	 have entries in more than one GOT.
    714        1.1     skrll 	 Root of this list is h->glist.
    715        1.1     skrll 	 NULL for local symbols.  */
    716        1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *next;
    717        1.1     skrll     } s2;
    718        1.1     skrll   } u;
    719        1.1     skrll };
    720        1.3  christos 
    721        1.3  christos /* Return representative type for relocation R_TYPE.
    722        1.3  christos    This is used to avoid enumerating many relocations in comparisons,
    723        1.3  christos    switches etc.  */
    724        1.3  christos 
    725        1.3  christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
    726        1.3  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    727        1.3  christos {
    728        1.3  christos   switch (r_type)
    729        1.3  christos     {
    730        1.3  christos       /* In most cases R_68K_GOTx relocations require the very same
    731        1.3  christos 	 handling as R_68K_GOT32O relocation.  In cases when we need
    732        1.3  christos 	 to distinguish between the two, we use explicitly compare against
    733        1.3  christos 	 r_type.  */
    734        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32:
    735        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT16:
    736        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT8:
    737        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
    738        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT16O:
    739        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT8O:
    740        1.3  christos       return R_68K_GOT32O;
    741        1.3  christos 
    742        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
    743        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
    744        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
    745        1.3  christos       return R_68K_TLS_GD32;
    746        1.3  christos 
    747        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    748        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
    749        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    750        1.3  christos       return R_68K_TLS_LDM32;
    751        1.3  christos 
    752        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    753        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
    754        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    755        1.3  christos       return R_68K_TLS_IE32;
    756        1.3  christos 
    757        1.3  christos     default:
    758        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    759        1.3  christos       return 0;
    760        1.3  christos     }
    761        1.3  christos }
    762        1.3  christos 
    763        1.3  christos /* Return size of the GOT entry offset for relocation R_TYPE.  */
    764        1.3  christos 
    765        1.3  christos static enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size
    766        1.3  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    767        1.3  christos {
    768        1.3  christos   switch (r_type)
    769        1.3  christos     {
    770        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32: case R_68K_GOT16: case R_68K_GOT8:
    771        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O: case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    772        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    773        1.3  christos       return R_32;
    774        1.3  christos 
    775        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT16O: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
    776        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
    777        1.3  christos       return R_16;
    778        1.3  christos 
    779        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT8O: case R_68K_TLS_GD8: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    780        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    781        1.3  christos       return R_8;
    782        1.3  christos 
    783        1.3  christos     default:
    784        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    785        1.3  christos       return 0;
    786        1.3  christos     }
    787        1.3  christos }
    788        1.3  christos 
    789        1.3  christos /* Return number of GOT entries we need to allocate in GOT for
    790        1.3  christos    relocation R_TYPE.  */
    791        1.3  christos 
    792        1.3  christos static bfd_vma
    793        1.3  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    794        1.3  christos {
    795        1.3  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
    796        1.3  christos     {
    797        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
    798        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    799        1.3  christos       return 1;
    800        1.3  christos 
    801        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
    802        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    803        1.3  christos       return 2;
    804        1.3  christos 
    805        1.3  christos     default:
    806        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    807        1.3  christos       return 0;
    808        1.3  christos     }
    809        1.3  christos }
    810        1.3  christos 
    811        1.3  christos /* Return TRUE if relocation R_TYPE is a TLS one.  */
    812        1.3  christos 
    813        1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
    814        1.3  christos elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    815        1.3  christos {
    816        1.3  christos   switch (r_type)
    817        1.3  christos     {
    818        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
    819        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    820        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDO32: case R_68K_TLS_LDO16: case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
    821        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32: case R_68K_TLS_IE16: case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    822        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LE32: case R_68K_TLS_LE16: case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
    823        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32: case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32: case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
    824        1.3  christos       return TRUE;
    825        1.3  christos 
    826        1.3  christos     default:
    827        1.3  christos       return FALSE;
    828        1.3  christos     }
    829        1.3  christos }
    830        1.1     skrll 
    831        1.1     skrll /* Data structure representing a single GOT.  */
    832        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got
    833        1.1     skrll {
    834        1.1     skrll   /* Hashtable of 'struct elf_m68k_got_entry's.
    835        1.1     skrll      Starting size of this table is the maximum number of
    836        1.1     skrll      R_68K_GOT8O entries.  */
    837        1.1     skrll   htab_t entries;
    838        1.3  christos 
    839        1.3  christos   /* Number of R_x slots in this GOT.  Some (e.g., TLS) entries require
    840        1.1     skrll      several GOT slots.
    841        1.3  christos 
    842        1.3  christos      n_slots[R_8] is the count of R_8 slots in this GOT.
    843        1.3  christos      n_slots[R_16] is the cumulative count of R_8 and R_16 slots
    844        1.3  christos      in this GOT.
    845        1.3  christos      n_slots[R_32] is the cumulative count of R_8, R_16 and R_32 slots
    846        1.3  christos      in this GOT.  This is the total number of slots.  */
    847        1.3  christos   bfd_vma n_slots[R_LAST];
    848        1.3  christos 
    849        1.1     skrll   /* Number of local (entry->key_.h == NULL) slots in this GOT.
    850        1.1     skrll      This is only used to properly calculate size of .rela.got section;
    851        1.3  christos      see elf_m68k_partition_multi_got.  */
    852        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma local_n_slots;
    853        1.1     skrll 
    854        1.1     skrll   /* Offset of this GOT relative to beginning of .got section.  */
    855        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma offset;
    856        1.1     skrll };
    857        1.1     skrll 
    858        1.1     skrll /* BFD and its GOT.  This is an entry in multi_got->bfd2got hashtable.  */
    859        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry
    860        1.1     skrll {
    861        1.1     skrll   /* BFD.  */
    862        1.1     skrll   const bfd *bfd;
    863        1.1     skrll 
    864        1.1     skrll   /* Assigned GOT.  Before partitioning multi-GOT each BFD has its own
    865        1.1     skrll      GOT structure.  After partitioning several BFD's might [and often do]
    866        1.1     skrll      share a single GOT.  */
    867        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
    868        1.1     skrll };
    869        1.1     skrll 
    870        1.1     skrll /* The main data structure holding all the pieces.  */
    871        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_multi_got
    872        1.1     skrll {
    873        1.1     skrll   /* Hashtable mapping each BFD to its GOT.  If a BFD doesn't have an entry
    874        1.1     skrll      here, then it doesn't need a GOT (this includes the case of a BFD
    875        1.1     skrll      having an empty GOT).
    876        1.1     skrll 
    877        1.1     skrll      ??? This hashtable can be replaced by an array indexed by bfd->id.  */
    878        1.1     skrll   htab_t bfd2got;
    879        1.1     skrll 
    880        1.1     skrll   /* Next symndx to assign a global symbol.
    881        1.1     skrll      h->got_entry_key is initialized from this counter.  */
    882        1.1     skrll   unsigned long global_symndx;
    883        1.1     skrll };
    884        1.1     skrll 
    885        1.1     skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    886        1.1     skrll 
    887        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table
    888        1.1     skrll {
    889        1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_table root;
    890        1.3  christos 
    891        1.3  christos   /* Small local sym cache.  */
    892        1.1     skrll   struct sym_cache sym_cache;
    893        1.1     skrll 
    894        1.1     skrll   /* The PLT format used by this link, or NULL if the format has not
    895        1.1     skrll      yet been chosen.  */
    896        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
    897        1.1     skrll 
    898        1.1     skrll   /* True, if GP is loaded within each function which uses it.
    899        1.1     skrll      Set to TRUE when GOT negative offsets or multi-GOT is enabled.  */
    900        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
    901        1.1     skrll 
    902        1.1     skrll   /* Switch controlling use of negative offsets to double the size of GOTs.  */
    903        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
    904        1.1     skrll 
    905        1.1     skrll   /* Switch controlling generation of multiple GOTs.  */
    906        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
    907        1.1     skrll 
    908        1.1     skrll   /* Multi-GOT data structure.  */
    909        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_multi_got multi_got_;
    910        1.1     skrll };
    911        1.1     skrll 
    912        1.1     skrll /* Get the m68k ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
    913        1.1     skrll 
    914        1.3  christos #define elf_m68k_hash_table(p) \
    915        1.3  christos   (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
    916        1.1     skrll   == M68K_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
    917        1.1     skrll 
    918        1.1     skrll /* Shortcut to multi-GOT data.  */
    919        1.1     skrll #define elf_m68k_multi_got(INFO) (&elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->multi_got_)
    920        1.1     skrll 
    921        1.1     skrll /* Create an entry in an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    922        1.1     skrll 
    923        1.3  christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    924        1.3  christos elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
    925        1.3  christos 			    struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    926        1.1     skrll 			    const char *string)
    927        1.1     skrll {
    928        1.1     skrll   struct bfd_hash_entry *ret = entry;
    929        1.1     skrll 
    930        1.1     skrll   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    931        1.1     skrll      subclass.  */
    932        1.1     skrll   if (ret == NULL)
    933        1.1     skrll     ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
    934        1.1     skrll 			     sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry));
    935        1.1     skrll   if (ret == NULL)
    936        1.1     skrll     return ret;
    937        1.1     skrll 
    938        1.1     skrll   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    939        1.1     skrll   ret = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (ret, table, string);
    940        1.1     skrll   if (ret != NULL)
    941        1.1     skrll     {
    942        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->pcrel_relocs_copied = NULL;
    943        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->got_entry_key = 0;
    944        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->glist = NULL;
    945        1.1     skrll     }
    946        1.1     skrll 
    947        1.1     skrll   return ret;
    948        1.1     skrll }
    949        1.6  christos 
    950        1.6  christos /* Destroy an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    951        1.6  christos 
    952        1.6  christos static void
    953        1.6  christos elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd)
    954        1.6  christos {
    955        1.6  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
    956        1.6  christos 
    957        1.6  christos   htab = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash;
    958        1.6  christos 
    959        1.6  christos   if (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got != NULL)
    960        1.6  christos     {
    961        1.6  christos       htab_delete (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got);
    962        1.6  christos       htab->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
    963        1.6  christos     }
    964        1.6  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd);
    965        1.6  christos }
    966        1.1     skrll 
    967        1.1     skrll /* Create an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    968        1.1     skrll 
    969        1.3  christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
    970        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
    971        1.1     skrll {
    972        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *ret;
    973        1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table);
    974        1.6  christos 
    975        1.1     skrll   ret = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
    976        1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) NULL)
    977        1.1     skrll     return NULL;
    978        1.1     skrll 
    979        1.1     skrll   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
    980        1.3  christos 				      elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc,
    981        1.3  christos 				      sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry),
    982        1.1     skrll 				      M68K_ELF_DATA))
    983        1.1     skrll     {
    984        1.1     skrll       free (ret);
    985        1.1     skrll       return NULL;
    986        1.6  christos     }
    987        1.1     skrll   ret->root.root.hash_table_free = elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free;
    988        1.1     skrll 
    989        1.1     skrll   ret->multi_got_.global_symndx = 1;
    990        1.1     skrll 
    991        1.1     skrll   return &ret->root.root;
    992        1.1     skrll }
    993        1.1     skrll 
    994        1.1     skrll /* Set the right machine number.  */
    995        1.1     skrll 
    996        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
    997        1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_object_p (bfd *abfd)
    998        1.1     skrll {
    999        1.1     skrll   unsigned int mach = 0;
   1000        1.1     skrll   unsigned features = 0;
   1001        1.1     skrll   flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1002        1.1     skrll 
   1003        1.1     skrll   if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1004        1.1     skrll     features |= m68000;
   1005        1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1006        1.1     skrll     features |= cpu32;
   1007        1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1008        1.1     skrll     features |= fido_a;
   1009        1.1     skrll   else
   1010        1.1     skrll     {
   1011        1.1     skrll       switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1012        1.1     skrll 	{
   1013        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
   1014        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a;
   1015        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1016        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
   1017        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfhwdiv;
   1018        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1019        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
   1020        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_aa|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1021        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1022        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
   1023        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv;
   1024        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1025        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
   1026        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1027        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1028        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
   1029        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1030        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1031        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
   1032        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfusp;
   1033        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1034        1.1     skrll 	}
   1035        1.1     skrll       switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
   1036        1.1     skrll 	{
   1037        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
   1038        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfmac;
   1039        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1040        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
   1041        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfemac;
   1042        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1043        1.1     skrll 	}
   1044        1.1     skrll       if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
   1045        1.1     skrll 	features |= cfloat;
   1046        1.1     skrll     }
   1047        1.1     skrll 
   1048        1.1     skrll   mach = bfd_m68k_features_to_mach (features);
   1049        1.1     skrll   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_m68k, mach);
   1050        1.1     skrll 
   1051        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1052        1.1     skrll }
   1053        1.3  christos 
   1054        1.3  christos /* Somewhat reverse of elf32_m68k_object_p, this sets the e_flag
   1055        1.3  christos    field based on the machine number.  */
   1056        1.3  christos 
   1057        1.3  christos static void
   1058        1.3  christos elf_m68k_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
   1059        1.3  christos 				 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1060        1.3  christos {
   1061        1.3  christos   int mach = bfd_get_mach (abfd);
   1062        1.3  christos   unsigned long e_flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1063        1.3  christos 
   1064        1.3  christos   if (!e_flags)
   1065        1.3  christos     {
   1066        1.3  christos       unsigned int arch_mask;
   1067        1.3  christos 
   1068        1.3  christos       arch_mask = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (mach);
   1069        1.3  christos 
   1070        1.3  christos       if (arch_mask & m68000)
   1071        1.3  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_M68000;
   1072        1.3  christos       else if (arch_mask & cpu32)
   1073        1.3  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_CPU32;
   1074        1.3  christos       else if (arch_mask & fido_a)
   1075        1.3  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
   1076        1.3  christos       else
   1077        1.3  christos 	{
   1078        1.3  christos 	  switch (arch_mask
   1079        1.3  christos 		  & (mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfisa_b | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp))
   1080        1.3  christos 	    {
   1081        1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a:
   1082        1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV;
   1083        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1084        1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfhwdiv:
   1085        1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A;
   1086        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1087        1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1088        1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS;
   1089        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1090        1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv:
   1091        1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP;
   1092        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1093        1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1094        1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B;
   1095        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1096        1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1097        1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C;
   1098        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1099        1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfusp:
   1100        1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV;
   1101        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1102        1.3  christos 	    }
   1103        1.3  christos 	  if (arch_mask & mcfmac)
   1104        1.3  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_MAC;
   1105        1.3  christos 	  else if (arch_mask & mcfemac)
   1106        1.3  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_EMAC;
   1107        1.3  christos 	  if (arch_mask & cfloat)
   1108        1.3  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT | EF_M68K_CFV4E;
   1109        1.3  christos 	}
   1110        1.3  christos       elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = e_flags;
   1111        1.3  christos     }
   1112        1.3  christos }
   1113        1.1     skrll 
   1114        1.3  christos /* Keep m68k-specific flags in the ELF header.  */
   1115        1.1     skrll 
   1116        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   1117        1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
   1118        1.1     skrll {
   1119        1.1     skrll   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
   1120        1.1     skrll   elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
   1121        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1122        1.1     skrll }
   1123        1.1     skrll 
   1124        1.1     skrll /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
   1125        1.1     skrll    object file when linking.  */
   1126  1.10.12.1  pgoyette static bfd_boolean
   1127        1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1128  1.10.12.1  pgoyette {
   1129        1.1     skrll   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
   1130        1.1     skrll   flagword out_flags;
   1131        1.1     skrll   flagword in_flags;
   1132        1.1     skrll   flagword out_isa;
   1133        1.1     skrll   flagword in_isa;
   1134        1.1     skrll   const bfd_arch_info_type *arch_info;
   1135        1.1     skrll 
   1136        1.1     skrll   if (   bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
   1137        1.1     skrll       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   1138        1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1139        1.1     skrll 
   1140        1.1     skrll   /* Get the merged machine.  This checks for incompatibility between
   1141        1.1     skrll      Coldfire & non-Coldfire flags, incompability between different
   1142        1.1     skrll      Coldfire ISAs, and incompability between different MAC types.  */
   1143        1.1     skrll   arch_info = bfd_arch_get_compatible (ibfd, obfd, FALSE);
   1144        1.1     skrll   if (!arch_info)
   1145        1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1146        1.1     skrll 
   1147        1.1     skrll   bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_m68k, arch_info->mach);
   1148        1.1     skrll 
   1149        1.1     skrll   in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
   1150        1.1     skrll   if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
   1151        1.1     skrll     {
   1152        1.1     skrll       elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
   1153        1.1     skrll       out_flags = in_flags;
   1154        1.1     skrll     }
   1155        1.1     skrll   else
   1156        1.1     skrll     {
   1157        1.1     skrll       out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
   1158        1.1     skrll       unsigned int variant_mask;
   1159        1.1     skrll 
   1160        1.1     skrll       if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1161        1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = 0;
   1162        1.1     skrll       else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1163        1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = 0;
   1164        1.1     skrll       else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1165        1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = 0;
   1166        1.1     skrll       else
   1167        1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK;
   1168        1.1     skrll 
   1169        1.1     skrll       in_isa = (in_flags & variant_mask);
   1170        1.1     skrll       out_isa = (out_flags & variant_mask);
   1171        1.1     skrll       if (in_isa > out_isa)
   1172        1.1     skrll 	out_flags ^= in_isa ^ out_isa;
   1173        1.1     skrll       if (((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32
   1174        1.1     skrll 	   && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1175        1.1     skrll 	  || ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO
   1176        1.1     skrll 	      && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32))
   1177        1.1     skrll 	out_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
   1178        1.1     skrll       else
   1179        1.1     skrll       out_flags |= in_flags ^ in_isa;
   1180        1.1     skrll     }
   1181        1.1     skrll   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = out_flags;
   1182        1.1     skrll 
   1183        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1184        1.1     skrll }
   1185        1.1     skrll 
   1186        1.1     skrll /* Display the flags field.  */
   1187        1.1     skrll 
   1188        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1189        1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
   1190        1.1     skrll {
   1191        1.1     skrll   FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
   1192        1.1     skrll   flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1193        1.1     skrll 
   1194        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
   1195        1.1     skrll 
   1196        1.1     skrll   /* Print normal ELF private data.  */
   1197        1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
   1198        1.1     skrll 
   1199        1.1     skrll   /* Ignore init flag - it may not be set, despite the flags field containing valid data.  */
   1200        1.1     skrll 
   1201        1.1     skrll   /* xgettext:c-format */
   1202        1.1     skrll   fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
   1203        1.1     skrll 
   1204        1.1     skrll   if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1205        1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, " [m68000]");
   1206        1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1207        1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, " [cpu32]");
   1208        1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1209        1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, " [fido]");
   1210        1.1     skrll   else
   1211        1.1     skrll     {
   1212        1.1     skrll       if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CFV4E)
   1213        1.1     skrll 	fprintf (file, " [cfv4e]");
   1214        1.1     skrll 
   1215        1.1     skrll       if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1216        1.1     skrll 	{
   1217        1.1     skrll 	  char const *isa = _("unknown");
   1218        1.1     skrll 	  char const *mac = _("unknown");
   1219        1.1     skrll 	  char const *additional = "";
   1220        1.1     skrll 
   1221        1.1     skrll 	  switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1222        1.1     skrll 	    {
   1223        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
   1224        1.1     skrll 	      isa = "A";
   1225        1.1     skrll 	      additional = " [nodiv]";
   1226        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1227        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
   1228        1.1     skrll 	      isa = "A";
   1229        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1230        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
   1231        1.1     skrll 	      isa = "A+";
   1232        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1233        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
   1234        1.1     skrll 	      isa = "B";
   1235        1.1     skrll 	      additional = " [nousp]";
   1236        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1237        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
   1238        1.1     skrll 	      isa = "B";
   1239        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1240        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
   1241        1.1     skrll 	      isa = "C";
   1242        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1243        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
   1244        1.1     skrll 	      isa = "C";
   1245        1.1     skrll 	      additional = " [nodiv]";
   1246        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1247        1.1     skrll 	    }
   1248        1.1     skrll 	  fprintf (file, " [isa %s]%s", isa, additional);
   1249        1.1     skrll 
   1250        1.1     skrll 	  if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
   1251        1.1     skrll 	    fprintf (file, " [float]");
   1252        1.1     skrll 
   1253        1.1     skrll 	  switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
   1254        1.1     skrll 	    {
   1255        1.1     skrll 	    case 0:
   1256        1.1     skrll 	      mac = NULL;
   1257        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1258        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
   1259        1.1     skrll 	      mac = "mac";
   1260        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1261        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
   1262        1.1     skrll 	      mac = "emac";
   1263        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1264        1.3  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC_B:
   1265        1.3  christos 	      mac = "emac_b";
   1266        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1267        1.1     skrll 	    }
   1268        1.1     skrll 	  if (mac)
   1269        1.1     skrll 	    fprintf (file, " [%s]", mac);
   1270        1.1     skrll 	}
   1271        1.1     skrll     }
   1272        1.1     skrll 
   1273        1.1     skrll   fputc ('\n', file);
   1274        1.1     skrll 
   1275        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1276        1.1     skrll }
   1277        1.1     skrll 
   1278        1.1     skrll /* Multi-GOT support implementation design:
   1279        1.1     skrll 
   1280        1.1     skrll    Multi-GOT starts in check_relocs hook.  There we scan all
   1281        1.1     skrll    relocations of a BFD and build a local GOT (struct elf_m68k_got)
   1282        1.1     skrll    for it.  If a single BFD appears to require too many GOT slots with
   1283        1.1     skrll    R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_GOT16O relocations, we fail with notification
   1284        1.1     skrll    to user.
   1285        1.1     skrll    After check_relocs has been invoked for each input BFD, we have
   1286        1.1     skrll    constructed a GOT for each input BFD.
   1287        1.1     skrll 
   1288        1.1     skrll    To minimize total number of GOTs required for a particular output BFD
   1289        1.1     skrll    (as some environments support only 1 GOT per output object) we try
   1290        1.1     skrll    to merge some of the GOTs to share an offset space.  Ideally [and in most
   1291        1.1     skrll    cases] we end up with a single GOT.  In cases when there are too many
   1292        1.1     skrll    restricted relocations (e.g., R_68K_GOT16O relocations) we end up with
   1293        1.1     skrll    several GOTs, assuming the environment can handle them.
   1294        1.1     skrll 
   1295        1.1     skrll    Partitioning is done in elf_m68k_partition_multi_got.  We start with
   1296        1.1     skrll    an empty GOT and traverse bfd2got hashtable putting got_entries from
   1297        1.1     skrll    local GOTs to the new 'big' one.  We do that by constructing an
   1298        1.1     skrll    intermediate GOT holding all the entries the local GOT has and the big
   1299        1.1     skrll    GOT lacks.  Then we check if there is room in the big GOT to accomodate
   1300        1.1     skrll    all the entries from diff.  On success we add those entries to the big
   1301        1.1     skrll    GOT; on failure we start the new 'big' GOT and retry the adding of
   1302        1.1     skrll    entries from the local GOT.  Note that this retry will always succeed as
   1303        1.1     skrll    each local GOT doesn't overflow the limits.  After partitioning we
   1304        1.1     skrll    end up with each bfd assigned one of the big GOTs.  GOT entries in the
   1305        1.1     skrll    big GOTs are initialized with GOT offsets.  Note that big GOTs are
   1306        1.1     skrll    positioned consequently in program space and represent a single huge GOT
   1307        1.1     skrll    to the outside world.
   1308        1.1     skrll 
   1309        1.1     skrll    After that we get to elf_m68k_relocate_section.  There we
   1310        1.1     skrll    adjust relocations of GOT pointer (_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) and symbol
   1311        1.1     skrll    relocations to refer to appropriate [assigned to current input_bfd]
   1312        1.1     skrll    big GOT.
   1313        1.1     skrll 
   1314        1.1     skrll    Notes:
   1315        1.3  christos 
   1316        1.3  christos    GOT entry type: We have several types of GOT entries.
   1317        1.3  christos    * R_8 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
   1318        1.1     skrll    R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_TLS_*8 relocation.  We can have at most 0x40
   1319        1.3  christos    such entries in one GOT.
   1320        1.3  christos    * R_16 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
   1321        1.1     skrll    R_68K_GOT16O or R_68K_TLS_*16 relocation and no R_8 relocations.
   1322        1.3  christos    We can have at most 0x4000 such entries in one GOT.
   1323        1.3  christos    * R_32 type is used in all other cases.  We can have as many
   1324        1.1     skrll    such entries in one GOT as we'd like.
   1325        1.1     skrll    When counting relocations we have to include the count of the smaller
   1326        1.1     skrll    ranged relocations in the counts of the larger ranged ones in order
   1327        1.1     skrll    to correctly detect overflow.
   1328        1.1     skrll 
   1329        1.3  christos    Sorting the GOT: In each GOT starting offsets are assigned to
   1330        1.3  christos    R_8 entries, which are followed by R_16 entries, and
   1331        1.1     skrll    R_32 entries go at the end.  See finalize_got_offsets for details.
   1332        1.1     skrll 
   1333        1.1     skrll    Negative GOT offsets: To double usable offset range of GOTs we use
   1334        1.1     skrll    negative offsets.  As we assign entries with GOT offsets relative to
   1335        1.1     skrll    start of .got section, the offset values are positive.  They become
   1336        1.1     skrll    negative only in relocate_section where got->offset value is
   1337        1.1     skrll    subtracted from them.
   1338        1.1     skrll 
   1339        1.1     skrll    3 special GOT entries: There are 3 special GOT entries used internally
   1340        1.1     skrll    by loader.  These entries happen to be placed to .got.plt section,
   1341        1.1     skrll    so we don't do anything about them in multi-GOT support.
   1342        1.1     skrll 
   1343        1.1     skrll    Memory management: All data except for hashtables
   1344        1.1     skrll    multi_got->bfd2got and got->entries are allocated on
   1345        1.1     skrll    elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj bfd (for this reason we pass 'info'
   1346        1.1     skrll    to most functions), so we don't need to care to free them.  At the
   1347        1.1     skrll    moment of allocation hashtables are being linked into main data
   1348        1.1     skrll    structure (multi_got), all pieces of which are reachable from
   1349        1.1     skrll    elf_m68k_multi_got (info).  We deallocate them in
   1350        1.1     skrll    elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free.  */
   1351        1.1     skrll 
   1352        1.1     skrll /* Initialize GOT.  */
   1353        1.1     skrll 
   1354        1.3  christos static void
   1355        1.3  christos elf_m68k_init_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
   1356        1.3  christos {
   1357        1.3  christos   got->entries = NULL;
   1358        1.3  christos   got->n_slots[R_8] = 0;
   1359        1.3  christos   got->n_slots[R_16] = 0;
   1360        1.3  christos   got->n_slots[R_32] = 0;
   1361        1.3  christos   got->local_n_slots = 0;
   1362        1.1     skrll   got->offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1363        1.1     skrll }
   1364        1.1     skrll 
   1365        1.1     skrll /* Destruct GOT.  */
   1366        1.1     skrll 
   1367        1.1     skrll static void
   1368        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
   1369        1.1     skrll {
   1370        1.1     skrll   if (got->entries != NULL)
   1371        1.1     skrll     {
   1372        1.1     skrll       htab_delete (got->entries);
   1373        1.1     skrll       got->entries = NULL;
   1374        1.1     skrll     }
   1375        1.1     skrll }
   1376        1.1     skrll 
   1377        1.1     skrll /* Create and empty GOT structure.  INFO is the context where memory
   1378        1.1     skrll    should be allocated.  */
   1379        1.1     skrll 
   1380        1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got *
   1381        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_create_empty_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1382        1.1     skrll {
   1383        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   1384        1.1     skrll 
   1385        1.1     skrll   got = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*got));
   1386        1.1     skrll   if (got == NULL)
   1387        1.1     skrll     return NULL;
   1388        1.3  christos 
   1389        1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_init_got (got);
   1390        1.1     skrll 
   1391        1.1     skrll   return got;
   1392        1.1     skrll }
   1393        1.1     skrll 
   1394        1.1     skrll /* Initialize KEY.  */
   1395        1.1     skrll 
   1396        1.1     skrll static void
   1397        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
   1398        1.3  christos 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1399        1.3  christos 			     const bfd *abfd, unsigned long symndx,
   1400        1.1     skrll 			     enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type)
   1401        1.3  christos {
   1402        1.3  christos   if (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (reloc_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   1403        1.3  christos     /* All TLS_LDM relocations share a single GOT entry.  */
   1404        1.3  christos     {
   1405        1.3  christos       key->bfd = NULL;
   1406        1.3  christos       key->symndx = 0;
   1407        1.3  christos     }
   1408        1.3  christos   else if (h != NULL)
   1409        1.1     skrll     /* Global symbols are identified with their got_entry_key.  */
   1410        1.1     skrll     {
   1411        1.1     skrll       key->bfd = NULL;
   1412        1.1     skrll       key->symndx = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key;
   1413        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (key->symndx != 0);
   1414        1.1     skrll     }
   1415        1.3  christos   else
   1416        1.1     skrll     /* Local symbols are identified by BFD they appear in and symndx.  */
   1417        1.1     skrll     {
   1418        1.1     skrll       key->bfd = abfd;
   1419        1.1     skrll       key->symndx = symndx;
   1420        1.3  christos     }
   1421        1.3  christos 
   1422        1.1     skrll   key->type = reloc_type;
   1423        1.1     skrll }
   1424        1.1     skrll 
   1425        1.1     skrll /* Calculate hash of got_entry.
   1426        1.1     skrll    ??? Is it good?  */
   1427        1.1     skrll 
   1428        1.1     skrll static hashval_t
   1429        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_hash (const void *_entry)
   1430        1.1     skrll {
   1431        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key;
   1432        1.1     skrll 
   1433        1.1     skrll   key = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry)->key_;
   1434        1.3  christos 
   1435        1.3  christos   return (key->symndx
   1436        1.3  christos 	  + (key->bfd != NULL ? (int) key->bfd->id : -1)
   1437        1.1     skrll 	  + elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key->type));
   1438        1.1     skrll }
   1439        1.1     skrll 
   1440        1.1     skrll /* Check if two got entries are equal.  */
   1441        1.1     skrll 
   1442        1.1     skrll static int
   1443        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_eq (const void *_entry1, const void *_entry2)
   1444        1.1     skrll {
   1445        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key1;
   1446        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key2;
   1447        1.1     skrll 
   1448        1.1     skrll   key1 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry1)->key_;
   1449        1.1     skrll   key2 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry2)->key_;
   1450        1.1     skrll 
   1451        1.3  christos   return (key1->bfd == key2->bfd
   1452        1.3  christos 	  && key1->symndx == key2->symndx
   1453        1.3  christos 	  && (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key1->type)
   1454        1.1     skrll 	      == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key2->type)));
   1455        1.1     skrll }
   1456        1.3  christos 
   1457        1.3  christos /* When using negative offsets, we allocate one extra R_8, one extra R_16
   1458        1.3  christos    and one extra R_32 slots to simplify handling of 2-slot entries during
   1459        1.3  christos    offset allocation -- hence -1 for R_8 slots and -2 for R_16 slots.  */
   1460        1.3  christos 
   1461        1.3  christos /* Maximal number of R_8 slots in a single GOT.  */
   1462        1.1     skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO)		\
   1463        1.3  christos   (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p		\
   1464        1.1     skrll    ? (0x40 - 1)							\
   1465        1.1     skrll    : 0x20)
   1466        1.3  christos 
   1467        1.3  christos /* Maximal number of R_8 and R_16 slots in a single GOT.  */
   1468        1.1     skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO)		\
   1469        1.3  christos   (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p		\
   1470        1.1     skrll    ? (0x4000 - 2)						\
   1471        1.1     skrll    : 0x2000)
   1472        1.1     skrll 
   1473        1.1     skrll /* SEARCH - simply search the hashtable, don't insert new entries or fail when
   1474        1.1     skrll    the entry cannot be found.
   1475        1.1     skrll    FIND_OR_CREATE - search for an existing entry, but create new if there's
   1476        1.1     skrll    no such.
   1477        1.1     skrll    MUST_FIND - search for an existing entry and assert that it exist.
   1478        1.1     skrll    MUST_CREATE - assert that there's no such entry and create new one.  */
   1479        1.1     skrll enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto
   1480        1.1     skrll   {
   1481        1.1     skrll     SEARCH,
   1482        1.1     skrll     FIND_OR_CREATE,
   1483        1.1     skrll     MUST_FIND,
   1484        1.1     skrll     MUST_CREATE
   1485        1.1     skrll   };
   1486        1.1     skrll 
   1487        1.1     skrll /* Get or create (depending on HOWTO) entry with KEY in GOT.
   1488        1.1     skrll    INFO is context in which memory should be allocated (can be NULL if
   1489        1.1     skrll    HOWTO is SEARCH or MUST_FIND).  */
   1490        1.1     skrll 
   1491        1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
   1492        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_get_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1493        1.1     skrll 			const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
   1494        1.1     skrll 			enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
   1495        1.1     skrll 			struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1496        1.1     skrll {
   1497        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
   1498        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1499        1.1     skrll   void **ptr;
   1500        1.1     skrll 
   1501        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
   1502        1.1     skrll 
   1503        1.1     skrll   if (got->entries == NULL)
   1504        1.1     skrll     /* This is the first entry in ABFD.  Initialize hashtable.  */
   1505        1.1     skrll     {
   1506        1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1507        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1508        1.3  christos 
   1509        1.1     skrll       got->entries = htab_try_create (ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT
   1510        1.1     skrll 				      (info),
   1511        1.1     skrll 				      elf_m68k_got_entry_hash,
   1512        1.1     skrll 				      elf_m68k_got_entry_eq, NULL);
   1513        1.1     skrll       if (got->entries == NULL)
   1514        1.1     skrll 	{
   1515        1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1516        1.1     skrll 	  return NULL;
   1517        1.1     skrll 	}
   1518        1.1     skrll     }
   1519        1.1     skrll 
   1520        1.1     skrll   entry_.key_ = *key;
   1521        1.1     skrll   ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
   1522        1.1     skrll 						? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
   1523        1.1     skrll   if (ptr == NULL)
   1524        1.1     skrll     {
   1525        1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1526        1.1     skrll 	/* Entry not found.  */
   1527        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1528        1.1     skrll 
   1529        1.1     skrll       /* We're out of memory.  */
   1530        1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1531        1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1532        1.1     skrll     }
   1533        1.1     skrll 
   1534        1.1     skrll   if (*ptr == NULL)
   1535        1.1     skrll     /* We didn't find the entry and we're asked to create a new one.  */
   1536        1.1     skrll     {
   1537        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
   1538        1.1     skrll 
   1539        1.1     skrll       entry = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry));
   1540        1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1541        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1542        1.1     skrll 
   1543        1.1     skrll       /* Initialize new entry.  */
   1544        1.1     skrll       entry->key_ = *key;
   1545        1.1     skrll 
   1546        1.3  christos       entry->u.s1.refcount = 0;
   1547        1.3  christos 
   1548        1.3  christos       /* Mark the entry as not initialized.  */
   1549        1.1     skrll       entry->key_.type = R_68K_max;
   1550        1.1     skrll 
   1551        1.1     skrll       *ptr = entry;
   1552        1.1     skrll     }
   1553        1.1     skrll   else
   1554        1.1     skrll     /* We found the entry.  */
   1555        1.1     skrll     {
   1556        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
   1557        1.1     skrll 
   1558        1.1     skrll       entry = *ptr;
   1559        1.1     skrll     }
   1560        1.1     skrll 
   1561        1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1562        1.1     skrll }
   1563        1.1     skrll 
   1564        1.1     skrll /* Update GOT counters when merging entry of WAS type with entry of NEW type.
   1565        1.1     skrll    Return the value to which ENTRY's type should be set.  */
   1566        1.3  christos 
   1567        1.3  christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
   1568        1.3  christos elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1569        1.3  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type was,
   1570        1.3  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type new_reloc)
   1571        1.3  christos {
   1572        1.3  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size was_size;
   1573        1.3  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size new_size;
   1574        1.3  christos   bfd_vma n_slots;
   1575        1.3  christos 
   1576        1.3  christos   if (was == R_68K_max)
   1577        1.1     skrll     /* The type of the entry is not initialized yet.  */
   1578        1.3  christos     {
   1579        1.3  christos       /* Update all got->n_slots counters, including n_slots[R_32].  */
   1580        1.1     skrll       was_size = R_LAST;
   1581        1.3  christos 
   1582        1.1     skrll       was = new_reloc;
   1583        1.1     skrll     }
   1584        1.3  christos   else
   1585        1.3  christos     {
   1586        1.3  christos       /* !!! We, probably, should emit an error rather then fail on assert
   1587        1.3  christos 	 in such a case.  */
   1588        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (was)
   1589        1.3  christos 		  == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (new_reloc));
   1590        1.3  christos 
   1591        1.3  christos       was_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (was);
   1592        1.1     skrll     }
   1593        1.3  christos 
   1594        1.3  christos   new_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (new_reloc);
   1595        1.3  christos   n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (new_reloc);
   1596        1.3  christos 
   1597        1.3  christos   while (was_size > new_size)
   1598        1.3  christos     {
   1599        1.3  christos       --was_size;
   1600        1.3  christos       got->n_slots[was_size] += n_slots;
   1601        1.3  christos     }
   1602        1.3  christos 
   1603        1.3  christos   if (new_reloc > was)
   1604        1.3  christos     /* Relocations are ordered from bigger got offset size to lesser,
   1605        1.3  christos        so choose the relocation type with lesser offset size.  */
   1606        1.3  christos     was = new_reloc;
   1607        1.3  christos 
   1608        1.1     skrll   return was;
   1609        1.1     skrll }
   1610        1.1     skrll 
   1611        1.1     skrll /* Add new or update existing entry to GOT.
   1612        1.1     skrll    H, ABFD, TYPE and SYMNDX is data for the entry.
   1613        1.1     skrll    INFO is a context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1614        1.1     skrll 
   1615        1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
   1616        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1617        1.1     skrll 			   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1618        1.3  christos 			   const bfd *abfd,
   1619        1.3  christos 			   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type,
   1620        1.1     skrll 			   unsigned long symndx,
   1621        1.1     skrll 			   struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1622        1.1     skrll {
   1623        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   1624        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1625        1.1     skrll 
   1626        1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL && elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key == 0)
   1627        1.1     skrll     elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key
   1628        1.1     skrll       = elf_m68k_multi_got (info)->global_symndx++;
   1629        1.3  christos 
   1630        1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, symndx, reloc_type);
   1631        1.1     skrll 
   1632        1.1     skrll   entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
   1633        1.1     skrll   if (entry == NULL)
   1634        1.1     skrll     return NULL;
   1635        1.3  christos 
   1636        1.3  christos   /* Determine entry's type and update got->n_slots counters.  */
   1637        1.3  christos   entry->key_.type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (got,
   1638        1.3  christos 						     entry->key_.type,
   1639        1.3  christos 						     reloc_type);
   1640        1.1     skrll 
   1641        1.1     skrll   /* Update refcount.  */
   1642        1.1     skrll   ++entry->u.s1.refcount;
   1643        1.1     skrll 
   1644        1.1     skrll   if (entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
   1645        1.1     skrll     /* We see this entry for the first time.  */
   1646        1.1     skrll     {
   1647        1.3  christos       if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
   1648        1.1     skrll 	got->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   1649        1.1     skrll     }
   1650        1.3  christos 
   1651        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
   1652        1.3  christos 
   1653        1.3  christos   if ((got->n_slots[R_8]
   1654        1.3  christos        > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1655        1.3  christos       || (got->n_slots[R_16]
   1656        1.1     skrll 	  > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
   1657        1.1     skrll     /* This BFD has too many relocation.  */
   1658        1.3  christos     {
   1659  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       if (got->n_slots[R_8] > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1660  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 	/* xgettext:c-format */
   1661  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 	_bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: GOT overflow: "
   1662  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			      "number of relocations with 8-bit "
   1663  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			      "offset > %d"),
   1664  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			    abfd,
   1665        1.1     skrll 			    ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
   1666  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       else
   1667  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 	/* xgettext:c-format */
   1668  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 	_bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: GOT overflow: "
   1669  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			      "number of relocations with 8- or 16-bit "
   1670  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			      "offset > %d"),
   1671  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			    abfd,
   1672        1.1     skrll 			    ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
   1673        1.1     skrll 
   1674        1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1675        1.1     skrll     }
   1676        1.1     skrll 
   1677        1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1678        1.1     skrll }
   1679        1.1     skrll 
   1680        1.1     skrll /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry.  */
   1681        1.1     skrll 
   1682        1.1     skrll static hashval_t
   1683        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry)
   1684        1.1     skrll {
   1685        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e;
   1686        1.1     skrll 
   1687        1.1     skrll   e = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry;
   1688        1.1     skrll 
   1689        1.1     skrll   return e->bfd->id;
   1690        1.1     skrll }
   1691        1.1     skrll 
   1692        1.1     skrll /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd.  */
   1693        1.1     skrll 
   1694        1.1     skrll static int
   1695        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
   1696        1.1     skrll {
   1697        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e1;
   1698        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e2;
   1699        1.1     skrll 
   1700        1.1     skrll   e1 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry1;
   1701        1.1     skrll   e2 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry2;
   1702        1.1     skrll 
   1703        1.1     skrll   return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
   1704        1.1     skrll }
   1705        1.1     skrll 
   1706        1.1     skrll /* Destruct a bfd2got entry.  */
   1707        1.1     skrll 
   1708        1.1     skrll static void
   1709        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del (void *_entry)
   1710        1.1     skrll {
   1711        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   1712        1.1     skrll 
   1713        1.1     skrll   entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) _entry;
   1714        1.1     skrll 
   1715        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (entry->got != NULL);
   1716        1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_clear_got (entry->got);
   1717        1.1     skrll }
   1718        1.1     skrll 
   1719        1.1     skrll /* Find existing or create new (depending on HOWTO) bfd2got entry in
   1720        1.1     skrll    MULTI_GOT.  ABFD is the bfd we need a GOT for.  INFO is a context where
   1721        1.1     skrll    memory should be allocated.  */
   1722        1.1     skrll 
   1723        1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *
   1724        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got,
   1725        1.1     skrll 			    const bfd *abfd,
   1726        1.1     skrll 			    enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
   1727        1.1     skrll 			    struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1728        1.1     skrll {
   1729        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry entry_;
   1730        1.1     skrll   void **ptr;
   1731        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   1732        1.1     skrll 
   1733        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
   1734        1.1     skrll 
   1735        1.1     skrll   if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
   1736        1.1     skrll     /* This is the first GOT.  Initialize bfd2got.  */
   1737        1.1     skrll     {
   1738        1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1739        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1740        1.1     skrll 
   1741        1.1     skrll       multi_got->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash,
   1742        1.1     skrll 					    elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq,
   1743        1.1     skrll 					    elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del);
   1744        1.1     skrll       if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
   1745        1.1     skrll 	{
   1746        1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1747        1.1     skrll 	  return NULL;
   1748        1.1     skrll 	}
   1749        1.1     skrll     }
   1750        1.1     skrll 
   1751        1.1     skrll   entry_.bfd = abfd;
   1752        1.1     skrll   ptr = htab_find_slot (multi_got->bfd2got, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
   1753        1.1     skrll 						      ? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
   1754        1.1     skrll   if (ptr == NULL)
   1755        1.1     skrll     {
   1756        1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1757        1.1     skrll 	/* Entry not found.  */
   1758        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1759        1.1     skrll 
   1760        1.1     skrll       /* We're out of memory.  */
   1761        1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1762        1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1763        1.1     skrll     }
   1764        1.1     skrll 
   1765        1.1     skrll   if (*ptr == NULL)
   1766        1.1     skrll     /* Entry was not found.  Create new one.  */
   1767        1.1     skrll     {
   1768        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
   1769        1.1     skrll 
   1770        1.1     skrll       entry = ((struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *)
   1771        1.1     skrll 	       bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry)));
   1772        1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1773        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1774        1.1     skrll 
   1775        1.1     skrll       entry->bfd = abfd;
   1776        1.1     skrll 
   1777        1.1     skrll       entry->got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (info);
   1778        1.1     skrll       if (entry->got == NULL)
   1779        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1780        1.1     skrll 
   1781        1.1     skrll       *ptr = entry;
   1782        1.1     skrll     }
   1783        1.1     skrll   else
   1784        1.1     skrll     {
   1785        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
   1786        1.1     skrll 
   1787        1.1     skrll       /* Return existing entry.  */
   1788        1.1     skrll       entry = *ptr;
   1789        1.1     skrll     }
   1790        1.1     skrll 
   1791        1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1792        1.1     skrll }
   1793        1.1     skrll 
   1794        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg
   1795        1.1     skrll {
   1796        1.1     skrll   /* A current_got that we constructing a DIFF against.  */
   1797        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *big;
   1798        1.1     skrll 
   1799        1.1     skrll   /* GOT holding entries not present or that should be changed in
   1800        1.1     skrll      BIG.  */
   1801        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
   1802        1.1     skrll 
   1803        1.1     skrll   /* Context where to allocate memory.  */
   1804        1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1805        1.1     skrll 
   1806        1.1     skrll   /* Error flag.  */
   1807        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean error_p;
   1808        1.1     skrll };
   1809        1.1     skrll 
   1810        1.1     skrll /* Process a single entry from the small GOT to see if it should be added
   1811        1.1     skrll    or updated in the big GOT.  */
   1812        1.1     skrll 
   1813        1.1     skrll static int
   1814        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1 (void **_entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   1815        1.1     skrll {
   1816        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry1;
   1817        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *arg;
   1818        1.3  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry2;
   1819        1.1     skrll   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
   1820        1.1     skrll 
   1821        1.1     skrll   entry1 = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *_entry_ptr;
   1822        1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
   1823        1.1     skrll 
   1824        1.1     skrll   entry2 = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &entry1->key_, SEARCH, NULL);
   1825        1.1     skrll 
   1826        1.3  christos   if (entry2 != NULL)
   1827        1.1     skrll     /* We found an existing entry.  Check if we should update it.  */
   1828        1.3  christos     {
   1829        1.3  christos       type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
   1830        1.3  christos 					     entry2->key_.type,
   1831        1.1     skrll 					     entry1->key_.type);
   1832        1.3  christos 
   1833        1.1     skrll       if (type == entry2->key_.type)
   1834        1.1     skrll 	/* ENTRY1 doesn't update data in ENTRY2.  Skip it.
   1835        1.1     skrll 	   To skip creation of difference entry we use the type,
   1836        1.3  christos 	   which we won't see in GOT entries for sure.  */
   1837        1.1     skrll 	type = R_68K_max;
   1838        1.1     skrll     }
   1839        1.3  christos   else
   1840        1.1     skrll     /* We didn't find the entry.  Add entry1 to DIFF.  */
   1841        1.3  christos     {
   1842        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (entry1->key_.type != R_68K_max);
   1843        1.3  christos 
   1844        1.3  christos       type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
   1845        1.1     skrll 					     R_68K_max, entry1->key_.type);
   1846        1.1     skrll 
   1847        1.3  christos       if (entry1->key_.bfd != NULL)
   1848        1.1     skrll 	arg->diff->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
   1849        1.1     skrll     }
   1850        1.3  christos 
   1851        1.1     skrll   if (type != R_68K_max)
   1852        1.1     skrll     /* Create an entry in DIFF.  */
   1853        1.1     skrll     {
   1854        1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1855        1.1     skrll 
   1856        1.1     skrll       entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->diff, &entry1->key_, MUST_CREATE,
   1857        1.1     skrll 				      arg->info);
   1858        1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1859        1.1     skrll 	{
   1860        1.1     skrll 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   1861        1.1     skrll 	  return 0;
   1862        1.1     skrll 	}
   1863        1.3  christos 
   1864        1.1     skrll       entry->key_.type = type;
   1865        1.1     skrll     }
   1866        1.1     skrll 
   1867        1.1     skrll   return 1;
   1868        1.1     skrll }
   1869        1.1     skrll 
   1870        1.1     skrll /* Return TRUE if SMALL GOT can be added to BIG GOT without overflowing it.
   1871        1.1     skrll    Construct DIFF GOT holding the entries which should be added or updated
   1872        1.1     skrll    in BIG GOT to accumulate information from SMALL.
   1873        1.1     skrll    INFO is the context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1874        1.1     skrll 
   1875        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1876        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
   1877        1.1     skrll 			 const struct elf_m68k_got *small,
   1878        1.1     skrll 			 struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1879        1.1     skrll 			 struct elf_m68k_got *diff)
   1880        1.1     skrll {
   1881        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg arg_;
   1882        1.1     skrll 
   1883        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (small->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   1884        1.1     skrll 
   1885        1.1     skrll   arg_.big = big;
   1886        1.1     skrll   arg_.diff = diff;
   1887        1.1     skrll   arg_.info = info;
   1888        1.1     skrll   arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   1889        1.1     skrll   htab_traverse_noresize (small->entries, elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
   1890        1.1     skrll   if (arg_.error_p)
   1891        1.1     skrll     {
   1892        1.1     skrll       diff->offset = 0;
   1893        1.1     skrll       return FALSE;
   1894        1.1     skrll     }
   1895        1.1     skrll 
   1896        1.3  christos   /* Check for overflow.  */
   1897        1.3  christos   if ((big->n_slots[R_8] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_8]
   1898        1.3  christos        > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1899        1.3  christos       || (big->n_slots[R_16] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_16]
   1900        1.1     skrll 	  > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
   1901        1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1902        1.1     skrll 
   1903        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1904        1.1     skrll }
   1905        1.1     skrll 
   1906        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg
   1907        1.1     skrll {
   1908        1.1     skrll   /* The BIG got.  */
   1909        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *big;
   1910        1.1     skrll 
   1911        1.1     skrll   /* Context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1912        1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1913        1.1     skrll 
   1914        1.1     skrll   /* Error flag.  */
   1915        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean error_p;
   1916        1.1     skrll };
   1917        1.1     skrll 
   1918        1.1     skrll /* Process a single entry from DIFF got.  Add or update corresponding
   1919        1.1     skrll    entry in the BIG got.  */
   1920        1.1     skrll 
   1921        1.1     skrll static int
   1922        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   1923        1.1     skrll {
   1924        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *from;
   1925        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *arg;
   1926        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *to;
   1927        1.1     skrll 
   1928        1.1     skrll   from = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
   1929        1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
   1930        1.1     skrll 
   1931        1.1     skrll   to = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &from->key_, FIND_OR_CREATE,
   1932        1.1     skrll 			       arg->info);
   1933        1.1     skrll   if (to == NULL)
   1934        1.1     skrll     {
   1935        1.1     skrll       arg->error_p = TRUE;
   1936        1.1     skrll       return 0;
   1937        1.1     skrll     }
   1938        1.1     skrll 
   1939        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (to->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   1940        1.3  christos   /* All we need to merge is TYPE.  */
   1941        1.1     skrll   to->key_.type = from->key_.type;
   1942        1.1     skrll 
   1943        1.1     skrll   return 1;
   1944        1.1     skrll }
   1945        1.1     skrll 
   1946        1.1     skrll /* Merge data from DIFF to BIG.  INFO is context where memory should be
   1947        1.1     skrll    allocated.  */
   1948        1.1     skrll 
   1949        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1950        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
   1951        1.1     skrll 		     struct elf_m68k_got *diff,
   1952        1.1     skrll 		     struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1953        1.1     skrll {
   1954        1.1     skrll   if (diff->entries != NULL)
   1955        1.1     skrll     /* DIFF is not empty.  Merge it into BIG GOT.  */
   1956        1.1     skrll     {
   1957        1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg arg_;
   1958        1.1     skrll 
   1959        1.1     skrll       /* Merge entries.  */
   1960        1.1     skrll       arg_.big = big;
   1961        1.1     skrll       arg_.info = info;
   1962        1.1     skrll       arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   1963        1.1     skrll       htab_traverse_noresize (diff->entries, elf_m68k_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
   1964        1.1     skrll       if (arg_.error_p)
   1965        1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   1966        1.1     skrll 
   1967        1.3  christos       /* Merge counters.  */
   1968        1.3  christos       big->n_slots[R_8] += diff->n_slots[R_8];
   1969        1.3  christos       big->n_slots[R_16] += diff->n_slots[R_16];
   1970        1.3  christos       big->n_slots[R_32] += diff->n_slots[R_32];
   1971        1.1     skrll       big->local_n_slots += diff->local_n_slots;
   1972        1.1     skrll     }
   1973        1.1     skrll   else
   1974        1.1     skrll     /* DIFF is empty.  */
   1975        1.3  christos     {
   1976        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_8] == 0);
   1977        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_16] == 0);
   1978        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_32] == 0);
   1979        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (diff->local_n_slots == 0);
   1980        1.1     skrll     }
   1981        1.1     skrll 
   1982        1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (!elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->allow_multigot_p
   1983        1.3  christos 	      || ((big->n_slots[R_8]
   1984        1.3  christos 		   <= ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1985        1.3  christos 		  && (big->n_slots[R_16]
   1986        1.1     skrll 		      <= ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))));
   1987        1.1     skrll 
   1988        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1989        1.1     skrll }
   1990        1.1     skrll 
   1991        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg
   1992        1.3  christos {
   1993        1.3  christos   /* Ranges of the offsets for GOT entries.
   1994        1.3  christos      R_x entries receive offsets between offset1[R_x] and offset2[R_x].
   1995        1.3  christos      R_x is R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   1996        1.3  christos   bfd_vma *offset1;
   1997        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma *offset2;
   1998        1.1     skrll 
   1999        1.1     skrll   /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
   2000        1.1     skrll      This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols.  */
   2001        1.3  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
   2002        1.3  christos 
   2003        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
   2004        1.1     skrll };
   2005        1.1     skrll 
   2006        1.1     skrll /* Assign ENTRY an offset.  Build list of GOT entries for global symbols
   2007        1.1     skrll    along the way.  */
   2008        1.1     skrll 
   2009        1.1     skrll static int
   2010        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   2011        1.1     skrll {
   2012        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   2013        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *arg;
   2014        1.3  christos 
   2015        1.3  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size got_offset_size;
   2016        1.3  christos   bfd_vma entry_size;
   2017        1.1     skrll 
   2018        1.1     skrll   entry = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
   2019        1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *) _arg;
   2020        1.1     skrll 
   2021        1.1     skrll   /* This should be a fresh entry created in elf_m68k_can_merge_gots.  */
   2022        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   2023        1.3  christos 
   2024        1.3  christos   /* Get GOT offset size for the entry .  */
   2025        1.1     skrll   got_offset_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (entry->key_.type);
   2026        1.3  christos 
   2027        1.3  christos   /* Calculate entry size in bytes.  */
   2028        1.1     skrll   entry_size = 4 * elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   2029        1.3  christos 
   2030        1.3  christos   /* Check if we should switch to negative range of the offsets. */
   2031        1.3  christos   if (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
   2032        1.3  christos       > arg->offset2[got_offset_size])
   2033        1.3  christos     {
   2034        1.3  christos       /* Verify that this is the only switch to negative range for
   2035        1.3  christos 	 got_offset_size.  If this assertion fails, then we've miscalculated
   2036        1.3  christos 	 range for got_offset_size entries in
   2037        1.3  christos 	 elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets.  */
   2038        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset2[got_offset_size]
   2039        1.3  christos 		  != arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1]);
   2040        1.3  christos 
   2041        1.3  christos       /* Switch.  */
   2042        1.3  christos       arg->offset1[got_offset_size] = arg->offset1[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
   2043        1.3  christos       arg->offset2[got_offset_size] = arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
   2044        1.3  christos 
   2045        1.3  christos       /* Verify that now we have enough room for the entry.  */
   2046        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
   2047        1.3  christos 		  <= arg->offset2[got_offset_size]);
   2048        1.3  christos     }
   2049        1.3  christos 
   2050        1.3  christos   /* Assign offset to entry.  */
   2051        1.3  christos   entry->u.s2.offset = arg->offset1[got_offset_size];
   2052        1.1     skrll   arg->offset1[got_offset_size] += entry_size;
   2053        1.1     skrll 
   2054        1.1     skrll   if (entry->key_.bfd == NULL)
   2055        1.1     skrll     /* Hook up this entry into the list of got_entries of H.  */
   2056        1.1     skrll     {
   2057        1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
   2058        1.1     skrll 
   2059        1.3  christos       h = arg->symndx2h[entry->key_.symndx];
   2060        1.3  christos       if (h != NULL)
   2061        1.3  christos 	{
   2062        1.3  christos 	  entry->u.s2.next = h->glist;
   2063        1.3  christos 	  h->glist = entry;
   2064        1.3  christos 	}
   2065        1.3  christos       else
   2066        1.3  christos 	/* This should be the entry for TLS_LDM relocation then.  */
   2067        1.3  christos 	{
   2068        1.3  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT ((elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (entry->key_.type)
   2069        1.3  christos 		       == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   2070        1.1     skrll 		      && entry->key_.symndx == 0);
   2071        1.3  christos 
   2072        1.3  christos 	  ++arg->n_ldm_entries;
   2073        1.1     skrll 	}
   2074        1.1     skrll     }
   2075        1.1     skrll   else
   2076        1.1     skrll     /* This entry is for local symbol.  */
   2077        1.1     skrll     entry->u.s2.next = NULL;
   2078        1.1     skrll 
   2079        1.1     skrll   return 1;
   2080        1.1     skrll }
   2081        1.1     skrll 
   2082        1.1     skrll /* Assign offsets within GOT.  USE_NEG_GOT_OFFSETS_P indicates if we
   2083        1.1     skrll    should use negative offsets.
   2084        1.1     skrll    Build list of GOT entries for global symbols along the way.
   2085        1.3  christos    SYMNDX2H is mapping from global symbol indices to actual
   2086        1.3  christos    global symbols.
   2087        1.1     skrll    Return offset at which next GOT should start.  */
   2088        1.1     skrll 
   2089        1.1     skrll static void
   2090        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2091        1.3  christos 			       bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p,
   2092        1.3  christos 			       struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h,
   2093        1.1     skrll 			       bfd_vma *final_offset, bfd_vma *n_ldm_entries)
   2094        1.1     skrll {
   2095        1.3  christos   struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg arg_;
   2096        1.3  christos   bfd_vma offset1_[2 * R_LAST];
   2097        1.3  christos   bfd_vma offset2_[2 * R_LAST];
   2098        1.3  christos   int i;
   2099        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma start_offset;
   2100        1.1     skrll 
   2101        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
   2102        1.1     skrll 
   2103        1.1     skrll   /* We set entry offsets relative to the .got section (and not the
   2104        1.3  christos      start of a particular GOT), so that we can use them in
   2105        1.1     skrll      finish_dynamic_symbol without needing to know the GOT which they come
   2106        1.1     skrll      from.  */
   2107        1.3  christos 
   2108        1.3  christos   /* Put offset1 in the middle of offset1_, same for offset2.  */
   2109        1.3  christos   arg_.offset1 = offset1_ + R_LAST;
   2110        1.3  christos   arg_.offset2 = offset2_ + R_LAST;
   2111        1.3  christos 
   2112        1.3  christos   start_offset = got->offset;
   2113        1.1     skrll 
   2114        1.3  christos   if (use_neg_got_offsets_p)
   2115        1.3  christos     /* Setup both negative and positive ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2116        1.3  christos     i = -(int) R_32 - 1;
   2117        1.3  christos   else
   2118        1.3  christos     /* Setup positives ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2119        1.3  christos     i = (int) R_8;
   2120        1.3  christos 
   2121        1.1     skrll   for (; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
   2122        1.3  christos     {
   2123        1.1     skrll       int j;
   2124        1.1     skrll       size_t n;
   2125        1.3  christos 
   2126        1.3  christos       /* Set beginning of the range of offsets I.  */
   2127        1.1     skrll       arg_.offset1[i] = start_offset;
   2128        1.3  christos 
   2129        1.3  christos       /* Calculate number of slots that require I offsets.  */
   2130        1.3  christos       j = (i >= 0) ? i : -i - 1;
   2131        1.3  christos       n = (j >= 1) ? got->n_slots[j - 1] : 0;
   2132        1.3  christos       n = got->n_slots[j] - n;
   2133        1.3  christos 
   2134        1.3  christos       if (use_neg_got_offsets_p && n != 0)
   2135        1.3  christos 	{
   2136        1.3  christos 	  if (i < 0)
   2137        1.3  christos 	    /* We first fill the positive side of the range, so we might
   2138        1.3  christos 	       end up with one empty slot at that side when we can't fit
   2139        1.3  christos 	       whole 2-slot entry.  Account for that at negative side of
   2140        1.3  christos 	       the interval with one additional entry.  */
   2141        1.3  christos 	    n = n / 2 + 1;
   2142        1.3  christos 	  else
   2143        1.3  christos 	    /* When the number of slots is odd, make positive side of the
   2144        1.3  christos 	       range one entry bigger.  */
   2145        1.3  christos 	    n = (n + 1) / 2;
   2146        1.1     skrll 	}
   2147        1.3  christos 
   2148        1.3  christos       /* N is the number of slots that require I offsets.
   2149        1.3  christos 	 Calculate length of the range for I offsets.  */
   2150        1.1     skrll       n = 4 * n;
   2151        1.3  christos 
   2152        1.3  christos       /* Set end of the range.  */
   2153        1.1     skrll       arg_.offset2[i] = start_offset + n;
   2154        1.3  christos 
   2155        1.1     skrll       start_offset = arg_.offset2[i];
   2156        1.1     skrll     }
   2157        1.3  christos 
   2158        1.3  christos   if (!use_neg_got_offsets_p)
   2159        1.3  christos     /* Make sure that if we try to switch to negative offsets in
   2160        1.3  christos        elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, the assert therein will catch
   2161        1.3  christos        the bug.  */
   2162        1.3  christos     for (i = R_8; i <= R_32; ++i)
   2163        1.1     skrll       arg_.offset2[-i - 1] = arg_.offset2[i];
   2164        1.3  christos 
   2165        1.3  christos   /* Setup got->offset.  offset1[R_8] is either in the middle or at the
   2166        1.3  christos      beginning of GOT depending on use_neg_got_offsets_p.  */
   2167        1.1     skrll   got->offset = arg_.offset1[R_8];
   2168        1.1     skrll 
   2169        1.3  christos   arg_.symndx2h = symndx2h;
   2170        1.1     skrll   arg_.n_ldm_entries = 0;
   2171        1.3  christos 
   2172        1.1     skrll   /* Assign offsets.  */
   2173        1.1     skrll   htab_traverse (got->entries, elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, &arg_);
   2174        1.3  christos 
   2175        1.3  christos   /* Check offset ranges we have actually assigned.  */
   2176        1.3  christos   for (i = (int) R_8; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
   2177        1.1     skrll     BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset2[i] - arg_.offset1[i] <= 4);
   2178        1.3  christos 
   2179        1.3  christos   *final_offset = start_offset;
   2180        1.1     skrll   *n_ldm_entries = arg_.n_ldm_entries;
   2181        1.1     skrll }
   2182        1.1     skrll 
   2183        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg
   2184        1.1     skrll {
   2185        1.1     skrll   /* The GOT we are adding entries to.  Aka big got.  */
   2186        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *current_got;
   2187        1.1     skrll 
   2188        1.1     skrll   /* Offset to assign the next CURRENT_GOT.  */
   2189        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma offset;
   2190        1.1     skrll 
   2191        1.1     skrll   /* Context where memory should be allocated.  */
   2192        1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2193        1.3  christos 
   2194        1.1     skrll   /* Total number of slots in the .got section.
   2195        1.3  christos      This is used to calculate size of the .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2196        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma n_slots;
   2197        1.3  christos 
   2198        1.3  christos   /* Difference in numbers of allocated slots in the .got section
   2199        1.1     skrll      and necessary relocations in the .rela.got section.
   2200        1.3  christos      This is used to calculate size of the .rela.got section.  */
   2201        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma slots_relas_diff;
   2202        1.1     skrll 
   2203        1.1     skrll   /* Error flag.  */
   2204        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean error_p;
   2205        1.1     skrll 
   2206        1.1     skrll   /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
   2207        1.1     skrll      This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols.  */
   2208        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
   2209        1.1     skrll };
   2210        1.3  christos 
   2211        1.3  christos static void
   2212        1.3  christos elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg)
   2213        1.3  christos {
   2214        1.3  christos   bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
   2215        1.3  christos 
   2216        1.3  christos   elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (arg->current_got,
   2217        1.3  christos 				 (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)
   2218        1.3  christos 				  ->use_neg_got_offsets_p),
   2219        1.3  christos 				 arg->symndx2h,
   2220        1.3  christos 				 &arg->offset, &n_ldm_entries);
   2221        1.3  christos 
   2222        1.3  christos   arg->n_slots += arg->current_got->n_slots[R_32];
   2223        1.6  christos 
   2224        1.3  christos   if (!bfd_link_pic (arg->info))
   2225        1.3  christos     /* If we are generating a shared object, we need to
   2226        1.3  christos        output a R_68K_RELATIVE reloc so that the dynamic
   2227        1.3  christos        linker can adjust this GOT entry.  Overwise we
   2228        1.3  christos        don't need space in .rela.got for local symbols.  */
   2229        1.3  christos     arg->slots_relas_diff += arg->current_got->local_n_slots;
   2230        1.3  christos 
   2231        1.3  christos   /* @LDM relocations require a 2-slot GOT entry, but only
   2232        1.3  christos      one relocation.  Account for that.  */
   2233        1.3  christos   arg->slots_relas_diff += n_ldm_entries;
   2234        1.3  christos 
   2235        1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (arg->slots_relas_diff <= arg->n_slots);
   2236        1.3  christos }
   2237        1.3  christos 
   2238        1.1     skrll 
   2239        1.1     skrll /* Process a single BFD2GOT entry and either merge GOT to CURRENT_GOT
   2240        1.1     skrll    or start a new CURRENT_GOT.  */
   2241        1.1     skrll 
   2242        1.1     skrll static int
   2243        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (void **_entry, void *_arg)
   2244        1.1     skrll {
   2245        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   2246        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
   2247        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2248        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got diff_;
   2249        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
   2250        1.1     skrll 
   2251        1.1     skrll   entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) *_entry;
   2252        1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
   2253        1.1     skrll 
   2254        1.1     skrll   got = entry->got;
   2255        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   2256        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   2257        1.1     skrll 
   2258        1.1     skrll   diff = NULL;
   2259        1.1     skrll 
   2260        1.1     skrll   if (arg->current_got != NULL)
   2261        1.1     skrll     /* Construct diff.  */
   2262        1.1     skrll     {
   2263        1.3  christos       diff = &diff_;
   2264        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_init_got (diff);
   2265        1.1     skrll 
   2266        1.1     skrll       if (!elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (arg->current_got, got, arg->info, diff))
   2267        1.1     skrll 	{
   2268        1.1     skrll 	  if (diff->offset == 0)
   2269        1.1     skrll 	    /* Offset set to 0 in the diff_ indicates an error.  */
   2270        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2271        1.1     skrll 	      arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2272        1.1     skrll 	      goto final_return;
   2273        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2274        1.1     skrll 
   2275        1.1     skrll 	  if (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)->allow_multigot_p)
   2276        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2277        1.3  christos 	      elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
   2278        1.1     skrll 	      /* Schedule to finish up current_got and start new one.  */
   2279        1.1     skrll 	      diff = NULL;
   2280        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2281        1.1     skrll 	  /* else
   2282        1.1     skrll 	     Merge GOTs no matter what.  If big GOT overflows,
   2283        1.1     skrll 	     we'll fail in relocate_section due to truncated relocations.
   2284        1.1     skrll 
   2285        1.1     skrll 	     ??? May be fail earlier?  E.g., in can_merge_gots.  */
   2286        1.1     skrll 	}
   2287        1.1     skrll     }
   2288        1.1     skrll   else
   2289        1.1     skrll     /* Diff of got against empty current_got is got itself.  */
   2290        1.3  christos     {
   2291        1.1     skrll       /* Create empty current_got to put subsequent GOTs to.  */
   2292        1.1     skrll       arg->current_got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (arg->info);
   2293        1.1     skrll       if (arg->current_got == NULL)
   2294        1.1     skrll 	{
   2295        1.1     skrll 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2296        1.1     skrll 	  goto final_return;
   2297        1.1     skrll 	}
   2298        1.1     skrll 
   2299        1.1     skrll       arg->current_got->offset = arg->offset;
   2300        1.1     skrll 
   2301        1.1     skrll       diff = got;
   2302        1.1     skrll     }
   2303        1.1     skrll 
   2304        1.1     skrll   if (diff != NULL)
   2305        1.3  christos     {
   2306        1.1     skrll       if (!elf_m68k_merge_gots (arg->current_got, diff, arg->info))
   2307        1.1     skrll 	{
   2308        1.1     skrll 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2309        1.1     skrll 	  goto final_return;
   2310        1.1     skrll 	}
   2311        1.1     skrll 
   2312        1.1     skrll       /* Now we can free GOT.  */
   2313        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_clear_got (got);
   2314        1.3  christos 
   2315        1.1     skrll       entry->got = arg->current_got;
   2316        1.1     skrll     }
   2317        1.1     skrll   else
   2318        1.3  christos     {
   2319        1.3  christos       /* Finish up current_got.  */
   2320        1.3  christos       elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (arg);
   2321        1.1     skrll 
   2322        1.1     skrll       /* Schedule to start a new current_got.  */
   2323        1.1     skrll       arg->current_got = NULL;
   2324        1.1     skrll 
   2325        1.1     skrll       /* Retry.  */
   2326        1.1     skrll       if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (_entry, _arg))
   2327        1.1     skrll 	{
   2328        1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (arg->error_p);
   2329        1.1     skrll 	  goto final_return;
   2330        1.1     skrll 	}
   2331        1.1     skrll     }
   2332        1.1     skrll 
   2333        1.1     skrll  final_return:
   2334        1.1     skrll   if (diff != NULL)
   2335        1.1     skrll     elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
   2336  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   2337        1.1     skrll   return !arg->error_p;
   2338        1.1     skrll }
   2339        1.1     skrll 
   2340        1.1     skrll /* Helper function to build symndx2h mapping.  */
   2341        1.1     skrll 
   2342        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2343        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *_h,
   2344        1.1     skrll 			  void *_arg)
   2345        1.1     skrll {
   2346        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
   2347        1.1     skrll 
   2348        1.1     skrll   h = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_h);
   2349        1.1     skrll 
   2350        1.1     skrll   if (h->got_entry_key != 0)
   2351        1.1     skrll     /* H has at least one entry in the GOT.  */
   2352        1.1     skrll     {
   2353        1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
   2354        1.1     skrll 
   2355        1.1     skrll       arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
   2356        1.1     skrll 
   2357        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] == NULL);
   2358        1.1     skrll       arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] = h;
   2359        1.1     skrll     }
   2360        1.1     skrll 
   2361        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2362        1.1     skrll }
   2363        1.1     skrll 
   2364        1.1     skrll /* Merge GOTs of some BFDs, assign offsets to GOT entries and build
   2365        1.1     skrll    lists of GOT entries for global symbols.
   2366        1.1     skrll    Calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2367        1.1     skrll 
   2368        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2369        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2370        1.1     skrll {
   2371        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got;
   2372        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg arg_;
   2373        1.1     skrll 
   2374        1.1     skrll   multi_got = elf_m68k_multi_got (info);
   2375        1.1     skrll 
   2376        1.1     skrll   arg_.current_got = NULL;
   2377        1.1     skrll   arg_.offset = 0;
   2378        1.3  christos   arg_.info = info;
   2379        1.3  christos   arg_.n_slots = 0;
   2380        1.1     skrll   arg_.slots_relas_diff = 0;
   2381        1.1     skrll   arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   2382        1.1     skrll 
   2383        1.1     skrll   if (multi_got->bfd2got != NULL)
   2384        1.1     skrll     {
   2385        1.1     skrll       /* Initialize symndx2h mapping.  */
   2386        1.1     skrll       {
   2387        1.1     skrll 	arg_.symndx2h = bfd_zmalloc (multi_got->global_symndx
   2388        1.1     skrll 				     * sizeof (*arg_.symndx2h));
   2389        1.1     skrll 	if (arg_.symndx2h == NULL)
   2390        1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   2391        1.1     skrll 
   2392        1.1     skrll 	elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
   2393        1.1     skrll 				elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1, &arg_);
   2394        1.1     skrll       }
   2395        1.1     skrll 
   2396        1.1     skrll       /* Partition.  */
   2397        1.1     skrll       htab_traverse (multi_got->bfd2got, elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1,
   2398        1.1     skrll 		     &arg_);
   2399        1.1     skrll       if (arg_.error_p)
   2400        1.1     skrll 	{
   2401        1.1     skrll 	  free (arg_.symndx2h);
   2402        1.1     skrll 	  arg_.symndx2h = NULL;
   2403        1.1     skrll 
   2404        1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   2405        1.1     skrll 	}
   2406        1.1     skrll 
   2407        1.3  christos       /* Finish up last current_got.  */
   2408        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (&arg_);
   2409        1.1     skrll 
   2410        1.1     skrll       free (arg_.symndx2h);
   2411        1.1     skrll     }
   2412        1.1     skrll 
   2413        1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj != NULL)
   2414        1.1     skrll     /* Set sizes of .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2415        1.1     skrll     {
   2416        1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   2417  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   2418        1.1     skrll       s = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
   2419        1.3  christos       if (s != NULL)
   2420        1.1     skrll 	s->size = arg_.offset;
   2421        1.3  christos       else
   2422        1.1     skrll 	BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset == 0);
   2423        1.3  christos 
   2424        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg_.slots_relas_diff <= arg_.n_slots);
   2425        1.1     skrll       arg_.n_slots -= arg_.slots_relas_diff;
   2426  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   2427        1.1     skrll       s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
   2428        1.3  christos       if (s != NULL)
   2429        1.1     skrll 	s->size = arg_.n_slots * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2430        1.3  christos       else
   2431        1.1     skrll 	BFD_ASSERT (arg_.n_slots == 0);
   2432        1.1     skrll     }
   2433        1.1     skrll   else
   2434        1.1     skrll     BFD_ASSERT (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL);
   2435        1.1     skrll 
   2436        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2437        1.1     skrll }
   2438        1.1     skrll 
   2439        1.1     skrll /* Copy any information related to dynamic linking from a pre-existing
   2440        1.1     skrll    symbol to a newly created symbol.  Also called to copy flags and
   2441        1.1     skrll    other back-end info to a weakdef, in which case the symbol is not
   2442        1.1     skrll    newly created and plt/got refcounts and dynamic indices should not
   2443        1.1     skrll    be copied.  */
   2444        1.1     skrll 
   2445        1.1     skrll static void
   2446        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2447        1.1     skrll 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *_dir,
   2448        1.1     skrll 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *_ind)
   2449        1.1     skrll {
   2450        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *dir;
   2451        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *ind;
   2452        1.1     skrll 
   2453        1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, _dir, _ind);
   2454        1.1     skrll 
   2455        1.1     skrll   if (_ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2456        1.1     skrll     return;
   2457        1.1     skrll 
   2458        1.1     skrll   dir = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_dir);
   2459        1.1     skrll   ind = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_ind);
   2460        1.3  christos 
   2461        1.3  christos   /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
   2462        1.3  christos      definition will be against the target symbol.  */
   2463        1.3  christos   _dir->non_got_ref |= _ind->non_got_ref;
   2464        1.1     skrll 
   2465        1.1     skrll   /* We might have a direct symbol already having entries in the GOTs.
   2466        1.1     skrll      Update its key only in case indirect symbol has GOT entries and
   2467        1.1     skrll      assert that both indirect and direct symbols don't have GOT entries
   2468        1.1     skrll      at the same time.  */
   2469        1.1     skrll   if (ind->got_entry_key != 0)
   2470        1.1     skrll     {
   2471        1.2   mbalmer       BFD_ASSERT (dir->got_entry_key == 0);
   2472        1.1     skrll       /* Assert that GOTs aren't partitioned yet.  */
   2473        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (ind->glist == NULL);
   2474        1.1     skrll 
   2475        1.1     skrll       dir->got_entry_key = ind->got_entry_key;
   2476        1.1     skrll       ind->got_entry_key = 0;
   2477        1.1     skrll     }
   2478        1.1     skrll }
   2479        1.1     skrll 
   2480        1.1     skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
   2481        1.1     skrll    allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
   2482        1.1     skrll    table.  */
   2483        1.1     skrll 
   2484        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   2485        1.4  christos elf_m68k_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
   2486        1.4  christos 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2487        1.4  christos 		       asection *sec,
   2488        1.1     skrll 		       const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   2489        1.1     skrll {
   2490        1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2491        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2492        1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2493        1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   2494        1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   2495        1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc;
   2496        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2497        1.6  christos 
   2498        1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   2499        1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2500        1.1     skrll 
   2501        1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2502        1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2503        1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   2504        1.1     skrll 
   2505        1.1     skrll   sreloc = NULL;
   2506        1.1     skrll 
   2507        1.1     skrll   got = NULL;
   2508        1.1     skrll 
   2509        1.1     skrll   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2510        1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   2511        1.1     skrll     {
   2512        1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2513        1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2514        1.1     skrll 
   2515        1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2516        1.1     skrll 
   2517        1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2518        1.1     skrll 	h = NULL;
   2519        1.1     skrll       else
   2520        1.1     skrll 	{
   2521        1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   2522        1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   2523        1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2524        1.1     skrll 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   2525        1.1     skrll 	}
   2526        1.1     skrll 
   2527        1.1     skrll       switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2528        1.1     skrll 	{
   2529        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   2530        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   2531        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   2532        1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   2533        1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   2534        1.1     skrll 	    break;
   2535        1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2536        1.3  christos 
   2537        1.1     skrll 	  /* Relative GOT relocations.  */
   2538        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   2539        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   2540        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   2541        1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2542        1.3  christos 
   2543        1.3  christos 	  /* TLS relocations.  */
   2544        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   2545        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   2546        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   2547        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   2548        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   2549        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   2550        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   2551        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   2552        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   2553        1.3  christos 
   2554        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
   2555        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
   2556        1.3  christos 
   2557        1.6  christos 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_TLS_TPREL32
   2558        1.3  christos 	      && bfd_link_pic (info))
   2559        1.3  christos 	    /* Do the special chorus for libraries with static TLS.  */
   2560        1.3  christos 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   2561        1.1     skrll 
   2562        1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
   2563        1.1     skrll 
   2564        1.1     skrll 	  if (dynobj == NULL)
   2565        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2566        1.1     skrll 	      /* Create the .got section.  */
   2567        1.1     skrll 	      elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
   2568        1.1     skrll 	      if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
   2569        1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2570        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2571        1.1     skrll 
   2572        1.1     skrll 	  if (got == NULL)
   2573        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2574        1.1     skrll 	      struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
   2575        1.1     skrll 
   2576        1.1     skrll 	      bfd2got_entry
   2577        1.1     skrll 		= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   2578        1.1     skrll 					      abfd, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
   2579        1.1     skrll 	      if (bfd2got_entry == NULL)
   2580        1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2581        1.1     skrll 
   2582        1.1     skrll 	      got = bfd2got_entry->got;
   2583        1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   2584        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2585        1.1     skrll 
   2586        1.1     skrll 	  {
   2587        1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   2588        1.1     skrll 
   2589        1.1     skrll 	    /* Add entry to got.  */
   2590        1.1     skrll 	    got_entry = elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (got, h, abfd,
   2591        1.1     skrll 						   ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
   2592        1.1     skrll 						   r_symndx, info);
   2593        1.1     skrll 	    if (got_entry == NULL)
   2594        1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   2595        1.1     skrll 
   2596        1.1     skrll 	    if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
   2597        1.1     skrll 	      {
   2598        1.1     skrll 		/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2599        1.1     skrll 		if (h != NULL
   2600        1.1     skrll 		    && h->dynindx == -1
   2601        1.1     skrll 		    && !h->forced_local)
   2602        1.1     skrll 		  {
   2603        1.1     skrll 		    if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2604        1.1     skrll 		      return FALSE;
   2605        1.1     skrll 		  }
   2606        1.1     skrll 	      }
   2607        1.1     skrll 	  }
   2608        1.1     skrll 
   2609        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2610        1.1     skrll 
   2611        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   2612        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   2613        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   2614        1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   2615  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   2616  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
   2617  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	     never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
   2618  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	     don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
   2619        1.1     skrll 	     after all.  */
   2620        1.1     skrll 
   2621        1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
   2622        1.1     skrll 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   2623        1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   2624        1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   2625        1.1     skrll 
   2626        1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   2627        1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   2628        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2629        1.1     skrll 
   2630        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   2631        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   2632        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   2633        1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   2634        1.1     skrll 
   2635        1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   2636        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2637        1.1     skrll 	      /* It does not make sense to have this relocation for a
   2638        1.1     skrll 		 local symbol.  FIXME: does it?  How to handle it if
   2639        1.1     skrll 		 it does make sense?  */
   2640        1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2641        1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   2642        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2643        1.1     skrll 
   2644        1.1     skrll 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2645        1.1     skrll 	  if (h->dynindx == -1
   2646        1.1     skrll 	      && !h->forced_local)
   2647        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2648        1.1     skrll 	      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2649        1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2650        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2651        1.1     skrll 
   2652        1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   2653        1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   2654        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2655        1.1     skrll 
   2656        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC8:
   2657        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC16:
   2658        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC32:
   2659        1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
   2660        1.1     skrll 	     symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
   2661        1.1     skrll 	     However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
   2662        1.1     skrll 	     symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
   2663        1.1     skrll 	     link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
   2664        1.1     skrll 	     reloc directly.  At this point we have not seen all the input
   2665        1.1     skrll 	     files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
   2666        1.1     skrll 	     will be set later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
   2667        1.1     skrll 	     possibility below by storing information in the
   2668        1.6  christos 	     pcrel_relocs_copied field of the hash table entry.  */
   2669        1.1     skrll 	  if (!(bfd_link_pic (info)
   2670        1.1     skrll 		&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   2671        1.6  christos 		&& h != NULL
   2672        1.1     skrll 		&& (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   2673        1.1     skrll 		    || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   2674        1.1     skrll 		    || !h->def_regular)))
   2675        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2676        1.1     skrll 	      if (h != NULL)
   2677        1.1     skrll 		{
   2678        1.1     skrll 		  /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if
   2679        1.1     skrll 		     it turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic
   2680        1.1     skrll 		     object.  */
   2681        1.1     skrll 		  h->plt.refcount++;
   2682        1.1     skrll 		}
   2683        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2684        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2685        1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2686        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_8:
   2687        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_16:
   2688        1.4  christos 	case R_68K_32:
   2689        1.4  christos 	  /* We don't need to handle relocs into sections not going into
   2690        1.4  christos 	     the "real" output.  */
   2691        1.4  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   2692        1.4  christos 	      break;
   2693        1.1     skrll 
   2694        1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   2695        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2696        1.1     skrll 	      /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
   2697        1.1     skrll 		 turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object.  */
   2698        1.3  christos 	      h->plt.refcount++;
   2699        1.6  christos 
   2700        1.3  christos 	      if (bfd_link_executable (info))
   2701        1.3  christos 		/* This symbol needs a non-GOT reference.  */
   2702        1.1     skrll 		h->non_got_ref = 1;
   2703        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2704        1.1     skrll 
   2705        1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, we need to copy the
   2706  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	     reloc into the shared library.  */
   2707  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2708  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      && (h == NULL
   2709        1.1     skrll 		  || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
   2710        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2711        1.1     skrll 	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
   2712        1.1     skrll 		 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
   2713        1.1     skrll 		 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
   2714        1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   2715        1.3  christos 		{
   2716        1.3  christos 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   2717        1.1     skrll 		    (sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   2718        1.3  christos 
   2719        1.1     skrll 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   2720        1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   2721        1.1     skrll 		}
   2722        1.1     skrll 
   2723        1.1     skrll 	      if (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY
   2724        1.1     skrll 		  /* Don't set DF_TEXTREL yet for PC relative
   2725        1.1     skrll 		     relocations, they might be discarded later.  */
   2726        1.1     skrll 		  && !(ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
   2727        1.1     skrll 		       || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
   2728        1.7  christos 		       || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32))
   2729        1.7  christos 		{
   2730        1.7  christos 		  if (info->warn_shared_textrel)
   2731        1.8  christos 		    (*_bfd_error_handler)
   2732        1.8  christos 		      (_("warning: dynamic relocation to `%s' in readonly section `%s'"),
   2733        1.7  christos 		      h->root.root.string, sec->name);
   2734        1.7  christos 		  info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2735        1.1     skrll 		}
   2736        1.1     skrll 
   2737        1.1     skrll 	      sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2738        1.1     skrll 
   2739        1.1     skrll 	      /* We count the number of PC relative relocations we have
   2740        1.1     skrll 		 entered for this symbol, so that we can discard them
   2741        1.1     skrll 		 again if, in the -Bsymbolic case, the symbol is later
   2742        1.1     skrll 		 defined by a regular object, or, in the normal shared
   2743        1.1     skrll 		 case, the symbol is forced to be local.  Note that this
   2744        1.1     skrll 		 function is only called if we are using an m68kelf linker
   2745        1.1     skrll 		 hash table, which means that h is really a pointer to an
   2746        1.1     skrll 		 elf_m68k_link_hash_entry.  */
   2747        1.1     skrll 	      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
   2748        1.1     skrll 		  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
   2749        1.1     skrll 		  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32)
   2750        1.1     skrll 		{
   2751        1.1     skrll 		  struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
   2752        1.1     skrll 		  struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **head;
   2753        1.1     skrll 
   2754        1.1     skrll 		  if (h != NULL)
   2755        1.1     skrll 		    {
   2756        1.1     skrll 		      struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *eh
   2757        1.1     skrll 			= elf_m68k_hash_entry (h);
   2758        1.1     skrll 		      head = &eh->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   2759        1.1     skrll 		    }
   2760        1.1     skrll 		  else
   2761        1.1     skrll 		    {
   2762        1.1     skrll 		      asection *s;
   2763        1.3  christos 		      void *vpp;
   2764        1.3  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   2765        1.3  christos 
   2766        1.3  christos 		      isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->sym_cache,
   2767        1.3  christos 						    abfd, r_symndx);
   2768        1.3  christos 		      if (isym == NULL)
   2769        1.1     skrll 			return FALSE;
   2770        1.3  christos 
   2771        1.1     skrll 		      s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   2772        1.3  christos 		      if (s == NULL)
   2773        1.1     skrll 			s = sec;
   2774        1.1     skrll 
   2775        1.1     skrll 		      vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   2776        1.1     skrll 		      head = (struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **) vpp;
   2777        1.1     skrll 		    }
   2778        1.1     skrll 
   2779        1.1     skrll 		  for (p = *head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2780        1.1     skrll 		    if (p->section == sreloc)
   2781        1.1     skrll 		      break;
   2782        1.1     skrll 
   2783        1.1     skrll 		  if (p == NULL)
   2784        1.1     skrll 		    {
   2785        1.1     skrll 		      p = ((struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *)
   2786        1.1     skrll 			   bfd_alloc (dynobj, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *p));
   2787        1.1     skrll 		      if (p == NULL)
   2788        1.1     skrll 			return FALSE;
   2789        1.1     skrll 		      p->next = *head;
   2790        1.1     skrll 		      *head = p;
   2791        1.1     skrll 		      p->section = sreloc;
   2792        1.1     skrll 		      p->count = 0;
   2793        1.1     skrll 		    }
   2794        1.1     skrll 
   2795        1.1     skrll 		  ++p->count;
   2796        1.1     skrll 		}
   2797        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2798        1.1     skrll 
   2799        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2800        1.1     skrll 
   2801        1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   2802        1.1     skrll 	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   2803        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2804        1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   2805        1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2806        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2807        1.1     skrll 
   2808        1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   2809        1.1     skrll 	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   2810        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2811        1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   2812        1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   2813        1.1     skrll 	      && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   2814        1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2815        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2816        1.1     skrll 
   2817        1.1     skrll 	default:
   2818        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2819        1.1     skrll 	}
   2820        1.1     skrll     }
   2821        1.1     skrll 
   2822        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2823        1.1     skrll }
   2824        1.1     skrll 
   2825        1.1     skrll /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
   2826        1.1     skrll    relocation.  */
   2827        1.1     skrll 
   2828        1.1     skrll static asection *
   2829        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   2830        1.1     skrll 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2831        1.1     skrll 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   2832        1.1     skrll 		       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2833        1.1     skrll 		       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   2834        1.1     skrll {
   2835        1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL)
   2836        1.1     skrll     switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2837        1.1     skrll       {
   2838        1.1     skrll       case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2839        1.1     skrll       case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2840        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   2841        1.1     skrll       }
   2842        1.1     skrll 
   2843        1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   2844        1.1     skrll }
   2845        1.1     skrll 
   2846        1.1     skrll /* Return the type of PLT associated with OUTPUT_BFD.  */
   2848        1.1     skrll 
   2849        1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *
   2850        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_get_plt_info (bfd *output_bfd)
   2851        1.1     skrll {
   2852        1.1     skrll   unsigned int features;
   2853        1.1     skrll 
   2854        1.1     skrll   features = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd));
   2855        1.1     skrll   if (features & cpu32)
   2856        1.1     skrll     return &elf_cpu32_plt_info;
   2857        1.1     skrll   if (features & mcfisa_b)
   2858        1.1     skrll     return &elf_isab_plt_info;
   2859        1.1     skrll   if (features & mcfisa_c)
   2860        1.1     skrll     return &elf_isac_plt_info;
   2861        1.1     skrll   return &elf_m68k_plt_info;
   2862        1.1     skrll }
   2863        1.1     skrll 
   2864        1.1     skrll /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
   2865        1.1     skrll    and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
   2866        1.1     skrll    It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
   2867        1.1     skrll 
   2868        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2869        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2870        1.1     skrll {
   2871        1.1     skrll   /* Bind input BFDs to GOTs and calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got
   2872        1.1     skrll      sections.  */
   2873        1.1     skrll   if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (info))
   2874        1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2875        1.1     skrll 
   2876        1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info = elf_m68k_get_plt_info (output_bfd);
   2877        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2878        1.1     skrll }
   2879        1.1     skrll 
   2880        1.1     skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   2881        1.1     skrll    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   2882        1.1     skrll    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   2883        1.1     skrll    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   2884        1.1     skrll    understand.  */
   2885        1.4  christos 
   2886        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   2887        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2888        1.1     skrll 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   2889        1.1     skrll {
   2890        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   2891        1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2892        1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   2893  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   2894        1.1     skrll   htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
   2895        1.1     skrll   dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
   2896        1.1     skrll 
   2897        1.1     skrll   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   2898        1.5      matt   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
   2899  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      && (h->needs_plt
   2900        1.1     skrll 		  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2901        1.1     skrll 		  || h->is_weakalias
   2902        1.1     skrll 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   2903        1.1     skrll 		      && h->ref_regular
   2904        1.1     skrll 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   2905        1.1     skrll 
   2906        1.1     skrll   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   2907        1.5      matt      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
   2908        1.1     skrll      when we know the address of the .got section.  */
   2909        1.1     skrll   if ((h->type == STT_FUNC || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   2910        1.1     skrll       || h->needs_plt)
   2911  1.10.12.1  pgoyette     {
   2912  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       if ((h->plt.refcount <= 0
   2913  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	   || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   2914        1.1     skrll 	   || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   2915        1.1     skrll 		|| UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
   2916        1.1     skrll 	       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   2917        1.1     skrll 	  /* We must always create the plt entry if it was referenced
   2918        1.1     skrll 	     by a PLTxxO relocation.  In this case we already recorded
   2919        1.1     skrll 	     it as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2920        1.1     skrll 	  && h->dynindx == -1)
   2921        1.1     skrll 	{
   2922        1.1     skrll 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLTxx reloc in an input
   2923        1.1     skrll 	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
   2924        1.1     skrll 	     object, or if all references were garbage collected.  In
   2925        1.1     skrll 	     such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
   2926        1.1     skrll 	     linkage table, and we can just do a PCxx reloc instead.  */
   2927        1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2928        1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2929        1.1     skrll 	  return TRUE;
   2930        1.1     skrll 	}
   2931        1.1     skrll 
   2932        1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2933        1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1
   2934        1.1     skrll 	  && !h->forced_local)
   2935        1.1     skrll 	{
   2936        1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2937        1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2938  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	}
   2939        1.1     skrll 
   2940        1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.splt;
   2941        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2942        1.1     skrll 
   2943        1.1     skrll       /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
   2944        1.1     skrll 	 first entry.  */
   2945        1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   2946        1.1     skrll 	s->size = htab->plt_info->size;
   2947        1.1     skrll 
   2948        1.1     skrll       /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   2949        1.1     skrll 	 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   2950        1.1     skrll 	 location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
   2951        1.6  christos 	 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
   2952        1.1     skrll 	 the shared library.  */
   2953        1.1     skrll       if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   2954        1.1     skrll 	  && !h->def_regular)
   2955        1.1     skrll 	{
   2956        1.1     skrll 	  h->root.u.def.section = s;
   2957        1.1     skrll 	  h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
   2958        1.1     skrll 	}
   2959        1.1     skrll 
   2960        1.1     skrll       h->plt.offset = s->size;
   2961        1.1     skrll 
   2962        1.1     skrll       /* Make room for this entry.  */
   2963        1.1     skrll       s->size += htab->plt_info->size;
   2964        1.1     skrll 
   2965  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
   2966        1.1     skrll 	 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
   2967        1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.sgotplt;
   2968        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2969        1.1     skrll       s->size += 4;
   2970  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   2971        1.1     skrll       /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   2972        1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.srelplt;
   2973        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2974        1.1     skrll       s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2975        1.1     skrll 
   2976        1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2977        1.1     skrll     }
   2978        1.1     skrll 
   2979        1.1     skrll   /* Reinitialize the plt offset now that it is not used as a reference
   2980        1.1     skrll      count any more.  */
   2981        1.1     skrll   h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2982        1.1     skrll 
   2983        1.1     skrll   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   2984  1.10.12.1  pgoyette      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   2985        1.1     skrll      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   2986  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   if (h->is_weakalias)
   2987  1.10.12.1  pgoyette     {
   2988  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
   2989  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
   2990        1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
   2991        1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
   2992        1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2993        1.1     skrll     }
   2994        1.1     skrll 
   2995        1.1     skrll   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   2996        1.1     skrll      is not a function.  */
   2997        1.1     skrll 
   2998        1.1     skrll   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   2999        1.1     skrll      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   3000        1.6  christos      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   3001        1.1     skrll      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   3002        1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3003        1.3  christos     return TRUE;
   3004        1.3  christos 
   3005        1.3  christos   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   3006        1.3  christos      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   3007        1.3  christos   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   3008        1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   3009        1.1     skrll 
   3010        1.1     skrll   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   3011        1.1     skrll      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   3012        1.1     skrll      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   3013        1.1     skrll      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   3014        1.1     skrll      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   3015        1.1     skrll      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   3016        1.1     skrll      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   3017        1.1     skrll      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   3018        1.4  christos      same memory location for the variable.  */
   3019        1.1     skrll 
   3020        1.1     skrll   s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynbss");
   3021        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3022        1.1     skrll 
   3023        1.1     skrll   /* We must generate a R_68K_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   3024        1.1     skrll      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   3025        1.4  christos      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   3026        1.1     skrll      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
   3027        1.1     skrll   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
   3028        1.1     skrll     {
   3029        1.4  christos       asection *srel;
   3030        1.1     skrll 
   3031        1.1     skrll       srel = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   3032        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
   3033        1.1     skrll       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3034        1.1     skrll       h->needs_copy = 1;
   3035        1.6  christos     }
   3036        1.1     skrll 
   3037        1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
   3038        1.1     skrll }
   3039        1.1     skrll 
   3040        1.1     skrll /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   3041        1.4  christos 
   3042        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   3043        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3044        1.1     skrll 				struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3045        1.1     skrll {
   3046        1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   3047        1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   3048        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean plt;
   3049        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean relocs;
   3050        1.1     skrll 
   3051        1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3052        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   3053        1.1     skrll 
   3054        1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3055        1.6  christos     {
   3056        1.1     skrll       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   3057        1.4  christos       if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
   3058        1.1     skrll 	{
   3059        1.1     skrll 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   3060        1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3061        1.1     skrll 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3062        1.1     skrll 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3063        1.1     skrll 	}
   3064        1.1     skrll     }
   3065        1.1     skrll   else
   3066        1.1     skrll     {
   3067        1.1     skrll       /* We may have created entries in the .rela.got section.
   3068        1.1     skrll 	 However, if we are not creating the dynamic sections, we will
   3069        1.1     skrll 	 not actually use these entries.  Reset the size of .rela.got,
   3070  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	 which will cause it to get stripped from the output file
   3071        1.1     skrll 	 below.  */
   3072        1.1     skrll       s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
   3073        1.1     skrll       if (s != NULL)
   3074        1.1     skrll 	s->size = 0;
   3075        1.1     skrll     }
   3076        1.1     skrll 
   3077        1.1     skrll   /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all
   3078        1.1     skrll      PC relative relocs against symbols defined in a regular object.
   3079        1.1     skrll      For the normal shared case we discard the PC relative relocs
   3080        1.1     skrll      against symbols that have become local due to visibility changes.
   3081        1.6  christos      We allocated space for them in the check_relocs routine, but we
   3082        1.1     skrll      will not fill them in in the relocate_section routine.  */
   3083        1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3084        1.4  christos     elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
   3085        1.1     skrll 			    elf_m68k_discard_copies,
   3086        1.1     skrll 			    info);
   3087        1.1     skrll 
   3088        1.1     skrll   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   3089        1.1     skrll      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   3090        1.1     skrll      memory for them.  */
   3091        1.1     skrll   plt = FALSE;
   3092        1.1     skrll   relocs = FALSE;
   3093        1.1     skrll   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3094        1.1     skrll     {
   3095        1.1     skrll       const char *name;
   3096        1.1     skrll 
   3097        1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   3098        1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3099        1.1     skrll 
   3100        1.1     skrll       /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
   3101        1.1     skrll 	 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files.  */
   3102        1.1     skrll       name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
   3103        1.1     skrll 
   3104        1.1     skrll       if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
   3105        1.1     skrll 	{
   3106        1.1     skrll 	  /* Remember whether there is a PLT.  */
   3107        1.1     skrll 	  plt = s->size != 0;
   3108        1.1     skrll 	}
   3109        1.1     skrll       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rela"))
   3110        1.1     skrll 	{
   3111        1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size != 0)
   3112        1.1     skrll 	    {
   3113        1.1     skrll 	      relocs = TRUE;
   3114        1.1     skrll 
   3115        1.1     skrll 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   3116        1.1     skrll 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   3117        1.1     skrll 	      s->reloc_count = 0;
   3118        1.1     skrll 	    }
   3119        1.1     skrll 	}
   3120        1.1     skrll       else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")
   3121        1.1     skrll 	       && strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0)
   3122        1.1     skrll 	{
   3123        1.1     skrll 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   3124        1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3125        1.1     skrll 	}
   3126        1.1     skrll 
   3127        1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   3128        1.1     skrll 	{
   3129        1.1     skrll 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   3130        1.1     skrll 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   3131        1.1     skrll 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   3132        1.1     skrll 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   3133        1.1     skrll 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   3134        1.1     skrll 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   3135        1.1     skrll 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   3136        1.1     skrll 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   3137        1.1     skrll 	     into these sections.  */
   3138        1.1     skrll 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   3139        1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3140        1.1     skrll 	}
   3141        1.1     skrll 
   3142        1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   3143        1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3144        1.1     skrll 
   3145        1.1     skrll       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  */
   3146        1.1     skrll       /* FIXME: This should be a call to bfd_alloc not bfd_zalloc.
   3147        1.1     skrll 	 Unused entries should be reclaimed before the section's contents
   3148        1.1     skrll 	 are written out, but at the moment this does not happen.  Thus in
   3149        1.1     skrll 	 order to prevent writing out garbage, we initialise the section's
   3150        1.1     skrll 	 contents to zero.  */
   3151        1.1     skrll       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   3152        1.1     skrll       if (s->contents == NULL)
   3153        1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   3154        1.1     skrll     }
   3155        1.1     skrll 
   3156        1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3157        1.1     skrll     {
   3158        1.1     skrll       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   3159        1.1     skrll 	 values later, in elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   3160        1.1     skrll 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   3161        1.1     skrll 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   3162        1.1     skrll 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   3163        1.1     skrll #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
   3164        1.6  christos   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   3165        1.1     skrll 
   3166        1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_executable (info))
   3167        1.1     skrll 	{
   3168        1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   3169        1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3170        1.1     skrll 	}
   3171        1.1     skrll 
   3172        1.1     skrll       if (plt)
   3173        1.1     skrll 	{
   3174        1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   3175        1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   3176        1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   3177        1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   3178        1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3179        1.1     skrll 	}
   3180        1.1     skrll 
   3181        1.1     skrll       if (relocs)
   3182        1.1     skrll 	{
   3183        1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   3184        1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   3185        1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
   3186        1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3187        1.1     skrll 	}
   3188        1.1     skrll 
   3189        1.1     skrll       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
   3190        1.1     skrll 	{
   3191        1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   3192        1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3193        1.1     skrll 	}
   3194        1.1     skrll     }
   3195        1.1     skrll #undef add_dynamic_entry
   3196        1.1     skrll 
   3197        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3198        1.1     skrll }
   3199        1.1     skrll 
   3200        1.1     skrll /* This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse if we are
   3201        1.1     skrll    creating a shared object.  In the -Bsymbolic case it discards the
   3202        1.1     skrll    space allocated to copy PC relative relocs against symbols which
   3203        1.1     skrll    are defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, it
   3204        1.1     skrll    discards space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to
   3205        1.1     skrll    symbol visibility changes.  We allocated space for them in the
   3206        1.1     skrll    check_relocs routine, but we won't fill them in in the
   3207        1.1     skrll    relocate_section routine.
   3208        1.1     skrll 
   3209        1.1     skrll    We also check whether any of the remaining relocations apply
   3210        1.1     skrll    against a readonly section, and set the DF_TEXTREL flag in this
   3211        1.1     skrll    case.  */
   3212        1.4  christos 
   3213        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   3214        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   3215        1.1     skrll 			 void * inf)
   3216        1.1     skrll {
   3217        1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   3218        1.3  christos   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *s;
   3219        1.1     skrll 
   3220        1.1     skrll   if (!SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3221        1.1     skrll     {
   3222        1.1     skrll       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   3223        1.1     skrll 	{
   3224        1.1     skrll 	  /* Look for relocations against read-only sections.  */
   3225        1.1     skrll 	  for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3226        1.1     skrll 	       s != NULL;
   3227        1.1     skrll 	       s = s->next)
   3228        1.7  christos 	    if ((s->section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3229        1.7  christos 	      {
   3230        1.8  christos 		if (info->warn_shared_textrel)
   3231        1.9   mlelstv 		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3232        1.1     skrll 		    (_("warning: dynamic relocation to `%s' in readonly section `%s'"),
   3233        1.1     skrll 		    h->root.root.string, s->section->name);
   3234        1.1     skrll 		info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3235        1.1     skrll 		break;
   3236        1.1     skrll 	      }
   3237        1.4  christos 	}
   3238        1.4  christos 
   3239        1.4  christos       /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic symbol
   3240        1.4  christos 	 in PIEs.  */
   3241        1.4  christos       if (h->non_got_ref
   3242        1.4  christos 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   3243        1.4  christos 	  && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3244        1.4  christos 	  && h->dynindx == -1
   3245        1.4  christos 	  && !h->forced_local)
   3246        1.4  christos 	{
   3247        1.4  christos 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3248        1.4  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3249        1.1     skrll 	}
   3250        1.1     skrll 
   3251        1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   3252        1.1     skrll     }
   3253        1.1     skrll 
   3254        1.1     skrll   for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3255        1.1     skrll        s != NULL;
   3256        1.1     skrll        s = s->next)
   3257        1.1     skrll     s->section->size -= s->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3258        1.1     skrll 
   3259        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3260        1.3  christos }
   3261        1.3  christos 
   3262        1.3  christos 
   3263        1.3  christos /* Install relocation RELA.  */
   3264        1.3  christos 
   3265        1.3  christos static void
   3266        1.3  christos elf_m68k_install_rela (bfd *output_bfd,
   3267        1.3  christos 		       asection *srela,
   3268        1.3  christos 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   3269        1.3  christos {
   3270        1.3  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
   3271        1.3  christos 
   3272        1.3  christos   loc = srela->contents;
   3273        1.3  christos   loc += srela->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3274        1.3  christos   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, rela, loc);
   3275        1.3  christos }
   3276        1.3  christos 
   3277        1.3  christos /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
   3278        1.3  christos    for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively.  */
   3279        1.3  christos 
   3280        1.3  christos #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
   3281        1.3  christos #define TP_OFFSET  0x7000
   3282        1.3  christos 
   3283        1.3  christos static bfd_vma
   3284        1.3  christos dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3285        1.3  christos {
   3286        1.3  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3287        1.3  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3288        1.3  christos     return 0;
   3289        1.3  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
   3290        1.3  christos }
   3291        1.3  christos 
   3292        1.3  christos static bfd_vma
   3293        1.3  christos tpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3294        1.3  christos {
   3295        1.3  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3296        1.3  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3297        1.3  christos     return 0;
   3298        1.3  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
   3299        1.3  christos }
   3300        1.3  christos 
   3301        1.3  christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a symbol during static link.
   3302        1.3  christos    This function is called from elf_m68k_relocate_section.  */
   3303        1.3  christos 
   3304        1.3  christos static void
   3305        1.3  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3306        1.3  christos 				bfd *output_bfd,
   3307        1.3  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
   3308        1.3  christos 				asection *sgot,
   3309        1.3  christos 				bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
   3310        1.3  christos 				bfd_vma relocation)
   3311        1.3  christos {
   3312        1.3  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   3313        1.3  christos     {
   3314        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3315        1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3316        1.3  christos       break;
   3317        1.3  christos 
   3318        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3319        1.3  christos       /* We know the offset within the module,
   3320        1.3  christos 	 put it into the second GOT slot.  */
   3321        1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3322        1.3  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
   3323        1.3  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   3324        1.3  christos 
   3325        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3326        1.3  christos       /* Mark it as belonging to module 1, the executable.  */
   3327        1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3328        1.3  christos       break;
   3329        1.3  christos 
   3330        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3331        1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - tpoff_base (info),
   3332        1.3  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3333        1.3  christos       break;
   3334        1.3  christos 
   3335        1.3  christos     default:
   3336        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   3337        1.3  christos     }
   3338        1.3  christos }
   3339        1.3  christos 
   3340        1.3  christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a local symbol
   3341        1.3  christos    during dynamic link.
   3342        1.3  christos    This function is called either from elf_m68k_relocate_section
   3343        1.3  christos    or from elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol.  */
   3344        1.3  christos 
   3345        1.3  christos static void
   3346        1.3  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3347        1.3  christos 				      bfd *output_bfd,
   3348        1.3  christos 				      enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
   3349        1.3  christos 				      asection *sgot,
   3350        1.3  christos 				      bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
   3351        1.3  christos 				      bfd_vma relocation,
   3352        1.3  christos 				      asection *srela)
   3353        1.3  christos {
   3354        1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3355        1.3  christos 
   3356        1.3  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   3357        1.3  christos     {
   3358        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3359        1.3  christos       /* Emit RELATIVE relocation to initialize GOT slot
   3360        1.3  christos 	 at run-time.  */
   3361        1.3  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
   3362        1.3  christos       outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3363        1.3  christos       break;
   3364        1.3  christos 
   3365        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3366        1.3  christos       /* We know the offset within the module,
   3367        1.3  christos 	 put it into the second GOT slot.  */
   3368        1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3369        1.3  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
   3370        1.3  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   3371        1.3  christos 
   3372        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3373        1.3  christos       /* We don't know the module number,
   3374        1.3  christos 	 create a relocation for it.  */
   3375        1.3  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   3376        1.3  christos       outrel.r_addend = 0;
   3377        1.3  christos       break;
   3378        1.3  christos 
   3379        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3380        1.3  christos       /* Emit TPREL relocation to initialize GOT slot
   3381        1.3  christos 	 at run-time.  */
   3382        1.3  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
   3383        1.3  christos       outrel.r_addend = relocation - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   3384        1.3  christos       break;
   3385        1.3  christos 
   3386        1.3  christos     default:
   3387        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   3388        1.3  christos     }
   3389        1.3  christos 
   3390        1.3  christos   /* Offset of the GOT entry.  */
   3391        1.3  christos   outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   3392        1.3  christos 		     + sgot->output_offset
   3393        1.3  christos 		     + got_entry_offset);
   3394        1.3  christos 
   3395        1.3  christos   /* Install one of the above relocations.  */
   3396        1.3  christos   elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &outrel);
   3397        1.3  christos 
   3398        1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3399        1.1     skrll }
   3400        1.1     skrll 
   3401        1.1     skrll /* Relocate an M68K ELF section.  */
   3402        1.4  christos 
   3403        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   3404        1.4  christos elf_m68k_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
   3405        1.4  christos 			   struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3406        1.4  christos 			   bfd *input_bfd,
   3407        1.4  christos 			   asection *input_section,
   3408        1.4  christos 			   bfd_byte *contents,
   3409        1.4  christos 			   Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   3410        1.1     skrll 			   Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   3411        1.1     skrll 			   asection **local_sections)
   3412        1.1     skrll {
   3413        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3414        1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   3415        1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   3416        1.3  christos   asection *splt;
   3417        1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc;
   3418        1.1     skrll   asection *srela;
   3419        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   3420        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   3421        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
   3422        1.1     skrll 
   3423        1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   3424        1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   3425        1.1     skrll 
   3426        1.1     skrll   sgot = NULL;
   3427        1.3  christos   splt = NULL;
   3428        1.1     skrll   sreloc = NULL;
   3429        1.1     skrll   srela = NULL;
   3430        1.1     skrll 
   3431        1.1     skrll   got = NULL;
   3432        1.1     skrll 
   3433        1.1     skrll   rel = relocs;
   3434        1.1     skrll   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   3435        1.1     skrll   for (; rel < relend; rel++)
   3436        1.1     skrll     {
   3437        1.1     skrll       int r_type;
   3438        1.1     skrll       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   3439        1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   3440        1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3441        1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   3442        1.1     skrll       asection *sec;
   3443        1.1     skrll       bfd_vma relocation;
   3444  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
   3445        1.1     skrll       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   3446        1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero;
   3447        1.1     skrll 
   3448        1.1     skrll       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3449        1.1     skrll       if (r_type < 0 || r_type >= (int) R_68K_max)
   3450        1.1     skrll 	{
   3451        1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3452        1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   3453        1.1     skrll 	}
   3454        1.1     skrll       howto = howto_table + r_type;
   3455        1.1     skrll 
   3456        1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   3457        1.1     skrll 
   3458        1.1     skrll       h = NULL;
   3459        1.1     skrll       sym = NULL;
   3460        1.1     skrll       sec = NULL;
   3461        1.1     skrll       unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3462        1.1     skrll 
   3463        1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3464        1.1     skrll 	{
   3465        1.1     skrll 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3466        1.1     skrll 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3467        1.1     skrll 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   3468        1.1     skrll 	}
   3469        1.6  christos       else
   3470        1.1     skrll 	{
   3471        1.1     skrll 	  bfd_boolean warned, ignored;
   3472        1.1     skrll 
   3473        1.1     skrll 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   3474        1.6  christos 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   3475        1.1     skrll 				   h, sec, relocation,
   3476        1.1     skrll 				   unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
   3477        1.4  christos 	}
   3478        1.3  christos 
   3479        1.4  christos       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   3480        1.1     skrll 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3481        1.6  christos 					 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   3482        1.1     skrll 
   3483        1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3484  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	continue;
   3485  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   3486  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       resolved_to_zero = (h != NULL
   3487        1.1     skrll 			  && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
   3488        1.1     skrll 
   3489        1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   3490        1.1     skrll 	{
   3491        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   3492        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   3493        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   3494        1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the address of the entry for this symbol
   3495        1.1     skrll 	     in the global offset table.  */
   3496        1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   3497        1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   3498        1.1     skrll 	    {
   3499        1.1     skrll 	      if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
   3500        1.1     skrll 		{
   3501        1.1     skrll 		  bfd_vma sgot_output_offset;
   3502  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		  bfd_vma got_offset;
   3503        1.1     skrll 
   3504  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		  sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
   3505        1.1     skrll 
   3506  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		  if (sgot != NULL)
   3507  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		    sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
   3508  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		  else
   3509  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		    /* In this case we have a reference to
   3510  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		       _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but the GOT itself is
   3511  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		       empty.
   3512        1.1     skrll 		       ??? Issue a warning?  */
   3513        1.1     skrll 		    sgot_output_offset = 0;
   3514        1.1     skrll 
   3515        1.1     skrll 		  if (got == NULL)
   3516        1.1     skrll 		    {
   3517        1.1     skrll 		      struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
   3518        1.1     skrll 
   3519        1.1     skrll 		      bfd2got_entry
   3520        1.1     skrll 			= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3521        1.1     skrll 						      input_bfd, SEARCH, NULL);
   3522        1.1     skrll 
   3523        1.1     skrll 		      if (bfd2got_entry != NULL)
   3524        1.1     skrll 			{
   3525        1.1     skrll 			  got = bfd2got_entry->got;
   3526        1.1     skrll 			  BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3527        1.1     skrll 
   3528        1.1     skrll 			  got_offset = got->offset;
   3529        1.1     skrll 			}
   3530        1.1     skrll 		      else
   3531        1.1     skrll 			/* In this case we have a reference to
   3532        1.1     skrll 			   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but no other references
   3533        1.1     skrll 			   accessing any GOT entries.
   3534        1.1     skrll 			   ??? Issue a warning?  */
   3535        1.1     skrll 			got_offset = 0;
   3536        1.1     skrll 		    }
   3537        1.1     skrll 		  else
   3538        1.1     skrll 		    got_offset = got->offset;
   3539        1.1     skrll 
   3540        1.1     skrll 		  /* Adjust GOT pointer to point to the GOT
   3541        1.1     skrll 		     assigned to input_bfd.  */
   3542        1.1     skrll 		  rel->r_addend += sgot_output_offset + got_offset;
   3543        1.1     skrll 		}
   3544        1.1     skrll 	      else
   3545        1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (got == NULL || got->offset == 0);
   3546        1.1     skrll 
   3547        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3548        1.1     skrll 	    }
   3549        1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3550        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   3551        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   3552        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3553        1.3  christos 
   3554        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3555        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   3556        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   3557        1.3  christos 
   3558        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   3559        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   3560        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3561        1.3  christos 
   3562        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   3563        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   3564        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3565        1.1     skrll 
   3566        1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
   3567        1.1     skrll 	     the global offset table.  */
   3568        1.1     skrll 
   3569        1.1     skrll 	  {
   3570        1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   3571        1.1     skrll 	    bfd_vma *off_ptr;
   3572  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	    bfd_vma off;
   3573  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   3574        1.1     skrll 	    sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
   3575        1.1     skrll 	    BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   3576        1.1     skrll 
   3577        1.1     skrll 	    if (got == NULL)
   3578        1.1     skrll 	      {
   3579        1.1     skrll 		got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3580        1.1     skrll 						  input_bfd, MUST_FIND,
   3581        1.1     skrll 						  NULL)->got;
   3582        1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3583        1.1     skrll 	      }
   3584        1.3  christos 
   3585        1.3  christos 	    /* Get GOT offset for this symbol.  */
   3586        1.1     skrll 	    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, input_bfd, r_symndx,
   3587        1.1     skrll 					 r_type);
   3588        1.1     skrll 	    off_ptr = &elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, MUST_FIND,
   3589        1.1     skrll 					       NULL)->u.s2.offset;
   3590        1.3  christos 	    off = *off_ptr;
   3591        1.3  christos 
   3592        1.3  christos 	    /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   3593        1.3  christos 	       the least significant bit to record whether we have
   3594        1.3  christos 	       already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   3595        1.3  christos 	    if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3596        1.1     skrll 	      off &= ~1;
   3597        1.3  christos 	    else
   3598        1.3  christos 	      {
   3599        1.3  christos 		if (h != NULL
   3600        1.3  christos 		    /* @TLSLDM relocations are bounded to the module, in
   3601        1.3  christos 		       which the symbol is defined -- not to the symbol
   3602        1.3  christos 		       itself.  */
   3603        1.3  christos 		    && elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) != R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   3604        1.1     skrll 		  {
   3605        1.3  christos 		    bfd_boolean dyn;
   3606        1.6  christos 
   3607        1.6  christos 		    dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
   3608        1.6  christos 		    if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
   3609        1.6  christos 							  bfd_link_pic (info),
   3610        1.3  christos 							  h)
   3611  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			|| (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3612  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			    && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   3613        1.3  christos 			|| ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
   3614        1.1     skrll 			     || resolved_to_zero)
   3615        1.3  christos 			    && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   3616        1.3  christos 		      {
   3617        1.3  christos 			/* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   3618        1.3  christos 			   -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   3619        1.3  christos 			   locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   3620        1.3  christos 			   because of a version file.  We must initialize
   3621        1.3  christos 			   this entry in the global offset table.  Since
   3622        1.3  christos 			   the offset must always be a multiple of 4, we
   3623        1.3  christos 			   use the least significant bit to record whether
   3624        1.3  christos 			   we have initialized it already.
   3625        1.3  christos 
   3626        1.3  christos 			   When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
   3627        1.3  christos 			   relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
   3628        1.3  christos 			   is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   3629        1.3  christos 
   3630        1.3  christos 			elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
   3631        1.3  christos 							output_bfd,
   3632        1.3  christos 							r_type,
   3633        1.3  christos 							sgot,
   3634        1.3  christos 							off,
   3635        1.1     skrll 							relocation);
   3636        1.1     skrll 
   3637        1.3  christos 			*off_ptr |= 1;
   3638        1.3  christos 		      }
   3639        1.1     skrll 		    else
   3640        1.6  christos 		      unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3641        1.3  christos 		  }
   3642        1.1     skrll 		else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) /* && h == NULL */
   3643  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		  /* Process local symbol during dynamic link.  */
   3644  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		  {
   3645        1.1     skrll 		    srela = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
   3646        1.3  christos 		    BFD_ASSERT (srela != NULL);
   3647        1.3  christos 
   3648        1.3  christos 		    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
   3649        1.3  christos 							  output_bfd,
   3650        1.3  christos 							  r_type,
   3651        1.3  christos 							  sgot,
   3652        1.3  christos 							  off,
   3653        1.3  christos 							  relocation,
   3654        1.3  christos 							  srela);
   3655        1.3  christos 
   3656        1.6  christos 		    *off_ptr |= 1;
   3657        1.3  christos 		  }
   3658        1.3  christos 		else /* h == NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info) */
   3659        1.3  christos 		  {
   3660        1.3  christos 		    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
   3661        1.3  christos 						    output_bfd,
   3662        1.3  christos 						    r_type,
   3663        1.3  christos 						    sgot,
   3664        1.3  christos 						    off,
   3665        1.1     skrll 						    relocation);
   3666        1.1     skrll 
   3667        1.1     skrll 		    *off_ptr |= 1;
   3668        1.1     skrll 		  }
   3669        1.3  christos 	      }
   3670        1.3  christos 
   3671        1.3  christos 	    /* We don't use elf_m68k_reloc_got_type in the condition below
   3672        1.3  christos 	       because this is the only place where difference between
   3673        1.1     skrll 	       R_68K_GOTx and R_68K_GOTxO relocations matters.  */
   3674        1.3  christos 	    if (r_type == R_68K_GOT32O
   3675        1.3  christos 		|| r_type == R_68K_GOT16O
   3676        1.3  christos 		|| r_type == R_68K_GOT8O
   3677        1.3  christos 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_GD32
   3678        1.1     skrll 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32
   3679        1.1     skrll 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_IE32)
   3680        1.1     skrll 	      {
   3681        1.1     skrll 		/* GOT pointer is adjusted to point to the start/middle
   3682        1.1     skrll 		   of local GOT.  Adjust the offset accordingly.  */
   3683        1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->use_neg_got_offsets_p
   3684        1.1     skrll 			    || off >= got->offset);
   3685        1.1     skrll 
   3686        1.1     skrll 		if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
   3687        1.1     skrll 		  relocation = off - got->offset;
   3688        1.1     skrll 		else
   3689        1.1     skrll 		  {
   3690        1.1     skrll 		    BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == 0);
   3691        1.1     skrll 		    relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
   3692        1.1     skrll 		  }
   3693        1.1     skrll 
   3694        1.1     skrll 		/* This relocation does not use the addend.  */
   3695        1.1     skrll 		rel->r_addend = 0;
   3696        1.1     skrll 	      }
   3697        1.1     skrll 	    else
   3698        1.1     skrll 	      relocation = (sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset
   3699        1.1     skrll 			    + off);
   3700        1.1     skrll 	  }
   3701        1.3  christos 	  break;
   3702        1.3  christos 
   3703        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO32:
   3704        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO16:
   3705        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
   3706        1.3  christos 	  relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   3707        1.3  christos 	  break;
   3708        1.3  christos 
   3709        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE32:
   3710        1.6  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE16:
   3711        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
   3712  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	  if (bfd_link_dll (info))
   3713  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	    {
   3714  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3715  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3716  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 		(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   3717  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 		   "%s relocation not permitted in shared object"),
   3718        1.3  christos 		 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3719        1.3  christos 		 howto->name);
   3720        1.3  christos 
   3721        1.3  christos 	      return FALSE;
   3722        1.3  christos 	    }
   3723        1.3  christos 	  else
   3724        1.3  christos 	    relocation -= tpoff_base (info);
   3725        1.3  christos 
   3726        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3727        1.1     skrll 
   3728        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   3729        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   3730        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   3731        1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   3732        1.1     skrll 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   3733        1.1     skrll 
   3734        1.1     skrll 	  /* Resolve a PLTxx reloc against a local symbol directly,
   3735        1.1     skrll 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   3736        1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   3737        1.1     skrll 	    break;
   3738        1.1     skrll 
   3739        1.1     skrll 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   3740        1.1     skrll 	      || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3741        1.1     skrll 	    {
   3742        1.1     skrll 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   3743        1.1     skrll 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   3744        1.1     skrll 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   3745        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3746  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	    }
   3747  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   3748        1.1     skrll 	  splt = elf_hash_table (info)->splt;
   3749        1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   3750        1.1     skrll 
   3751        1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   3752        1.1     skrll 			+ splt->output_offset
   3753        1.1     skrll 			+ h->plt.offset);
   3754        1.1     skrll 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3755        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3756        1.1     skrll 
   3757        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   3758        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   3759        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   3760        1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
   3761        1.1     skrll 	     the procedure linkage table.  */
   3762  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
   3763  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   3764        1.1     skrll 	  splt = elf_hash_table (info)->splt;
   3765        1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   3766        1.1     skrll 
   3767        1.1     skrll 	  relocation = h->plt.offset;
   3768        1.1     skrll 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3769        1.1     skrll 
   3770        1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation does not use the addend.  */
   3771        1.1     skrll 	  rel->r_addend = 0;
   3772        1.1     skrll 
   3773        1.3  christos 	  break;
   3774        1.3  christos 
   3775        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_8:
   3776        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_16:
   3777        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_32:
   3778        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC8:
   3779        1.6  christos 	case R_68K_PC16:
   3780        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_PC32:
   3781        1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3782        1.1     skrll 	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   3783  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   3784  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      && (h == NULL
   3785        1.1     skrll 		  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3786        1.1     skrll 		      && !resolved_to_zero)
   3787        1.1     skrll 		  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3788        1.1     skrll 	      && ((r_type != R_68K_PC8
   3789        1.3  christos 		   && r_type != R_68K_PC16
   3790        1.1     skrll 		   && r_type != R_68K_PC32)
   3791        1.1     skrll 		  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   3792        1.1     skrll 	    {
   3793        1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3794        1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   3795        1.1     skrll 	      bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
   3796        1.1     skrll 
   3797        1.1     skrll 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   3798        1.1     skrll 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   3799        1.1     skrll 		 time.  */
   3800        1.1     skrll 
   3801        1.1     skrll 	      skip = FALSE;
   3802        1.1     skrll 	      relocate = FALSE;
   3803        1.1     skrll 
   3804        1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset =
   3805        1.1     skrll 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   3806        1.1     skrll 					 rel->r_offset);
   3807        1.1     skrll 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3808        1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE;
   3809        1.1     skrll 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   3810        1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
   3811        1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   3812        1.1     skrll 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   3813        1.1     skrll 
   3814        1.1     skrll 	      if (skip)
   3815        1.1     skrll 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   3816        1.1     skrll 	      else if (h != NULL
   3817        1.1     skrll 		       && h->dynindx != -1
   3818        1.1     skrll 		       && (r_type == R_68K_PC8
   3819        1.6  christos 			   || r_type == R_68K_PC16
   3820        1.6  christos 			   || r_type == R_68K_PC32
   3821        1.1     skrll 			   || !bfd_link_pic (info)
   3822        1.1     skrll 			   || !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   3823        1.1     skrll 			   || !h->def_regular))
   3824        1.1     skrll 		{
   3825        1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   3826        1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   3827        1.1     skrll 		}
   3828        1.1     skrll 	      else
   3829        1.1     skrll 		{
   3830        1.1     skrll 		  /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local.  */
   3831        1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   3832        1.1     skrll 
   3833        1.1     skrll 		  if (r_type == R_68K_32)
   3834        1.1     skrll 		    {
   3835        1.1     skrll 		      relocate = TRUE;
   3836        1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
   3837        1.1     skrll 		    }
   3838        1.1     skrll 		  else
   3839        1.1     skrll 		    {
   3840        1.1     skrll 		      long indx;
   3841        1.1     skrll 
   3842        1.1     skrll 		      if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
   3843        1.1     skrll 			indx = 0;
   3844        1.1     skrll 		      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
   3845        1.1     skrll 			{
   3846        1.1     skrll 			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3847        1.1     skrll 			  return FALSE;
   3848        1.1     skrll 			}
   3849        1.1     skrll 		      else
   3850        1.1     skrll 			{
   3851        1.1     skrll 			  asection *osec;
   3852        1.1     skrll 
   3853        1.1     skrll 			  /* We are turning this relocation into one
   3854        1.1     skrll 			     against a section symbol.  It would be
   3855        1.1     skrll 			     proper to subtract the symbol's value,
   3856        1.1     skrll 			     osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
   3857        1.1     skrll 			     but ld.so expects buggy relocs.  */
   3858        1.1     skrll 			  osec = sec->output_section;
   3859        1.1     skrll 			  indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   3860        1.1     skrll 			  if (indx == 0)
   3861        1.1     skrll 			    {
   3862        1.1     skrll 			      struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   3863        1.1     skrll 			      htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   3864        1.1     skrll 			      osec = htab->text_index_section;
   3865        1.1     skrll 			      indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   3866        1.1     skrll 			    }
   3867        1.1     skrll 			  BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
   3868        1.1     skrll 			}
   3869        1.1     skrll 
   3870        1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
   3871        1.1     skrll 		    }
   3872        1.1     skrll 		}
   3873        1.1     skrll 
   3874        1.1     skrll 	      sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
   3875        1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   3876        1.1     skrll 		abort ();
   3877        1.1     skrll 
   3878        1.1     skrll 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   3879        1.1     skrll 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3880        1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   3881  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   3882  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      /* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
   3883  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		 need to do anything now, except for R_68K_32
   3884        1.1     skrll 		 relocations that have been turned into
   3885        1.1     skrll 		 R_68K_RELATIVE.  */
   3886        1.1     skrll 	      if (!relocate)
   3887        1.1     skrll 		continue;
   3888        1.1     skrll 	    }
   3889        1.1     skrll 
   3890        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3891        1.1     skrll 
   3892        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   3893        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   3894        1.1     skrll 	  /* These are no-ops in the end.  */
   3895        1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3896        1.1     skrll 
   3897        1.1     skrll 	default:
   3898        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3899        1.1     skrll 	}
   3900        1.1     skrll 
   3901        1.1     skrll       /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
   3902        1.1     skrll 	 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
   3903        1.1     skrll 	 not process them.  */
   3904        1.4  christos       if (unresolved_reloc
   3905        1.4  christos 	  && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   3906        1.4  christos 	       && h->def_dynamic)
   3907        1.1     skrll 	  && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   3908  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 				      rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
   3909  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	{
   3910  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 	  _bfd_error_handler
   3911  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
   3912        1.1     skrll 	    (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   3913        1.1     skrll 	       "unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
   3914  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 	     input_bfd,
   3915        1.1     skrll 	     input_section,
   3916        1.1     skrll 	     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3917        1.1     skrll 	     howto->name,
   3918        1.1     skrll 	     h->root.root.string);
   3919        1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   3920        1.3  christos 	}
   3921        1.3  christos 
   3922        1.3  christos       if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   3923        1.3  christos 	  && r_type != R_68K_NONE
   3924        1.3  christos 	  && (h == NULL
   3925        1.3  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   3926        1.3  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
   3927        1.3  christos 	{
   3928        1.3  christos 	  char sym_type;
   3929        1.3  christos 
   3930        1.3  christos 	  sym_type = (sym != NULL) ? ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) : h->type;
   3931        1.3  christos 
   3932        1.3  christos 	  if (elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (r_type) != (sym_type == STT_TLS))
   3933        1.3  christos 	    {
   3934        1.3  christos 	      const char *name;
   3935        1.3  christos 
   3936        1.3  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   3937        1.3  christos 		name = h->root.root.string;
   3938        1.3  christos 	      else
   3939        1.3  christos 		{
   3940        1.3  christos 		  name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   3941        1.3  christos 			  (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
   3942        1.3  christos 		  if (name == NULL || *name == '\0')
   3943        1.3  christos 		    name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   3944  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		}
   3945        1.3  christos 
   3946  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3947  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 		((sym_type == STT_TLS
   3948  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		  /* xgettext:c-format */
   3949  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 		  ? _("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): %s used with TLS symbol %s")
   3950        1.3  christos 		  /* xgettext:c-format */
   3951        1.3  christos 		  : _("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): %s used with non-TLS symbol %s")),
   3952  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 		 input_bfd,
   3953        1.3  christos 		 input_section,
   3954        1.3  christos 		 (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3955        1.3  christos 		 howto->name,
   3956        1.3  christos 		 name);
   3957        1.3  christos 	    }
   3958        1.1     skrll 	}
   3959        1.1     skrll 
   3960        1.1     skrll       r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   3961        1.1     skrll 				    contents, rel->r_offset,
   3962        1.1     skrll 				    relocation, rel->r_addend);
   3963        1.1     skrll 
   3964        1.1     skrll       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   3965        1.1     skrll 	{
   3966        1.1     skrll 	  const char *name;
   3967        1.1     skrll 
   3968        1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   3969        1.1     skrll 	    name = h->root.root.string;
   3970        1.1     skrll 	  else
   3971        1.1     skrll 	    {
   3972        1.1     skrll 	      name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
   3973        1.1     skrll 						      symtab_hdr->sh_link,
   3974        1.1     skrll 						      sym->st_name);
   3975        1.1     skrll 	      if (name == NULL)
   3976        1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   3977        1.1     skrll 	      if (*name == '\0')
   3978        1.1     skrll 		name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   3979        1.1     skrll 	    }
   3980       1.10  christos 
   3981       1.10  christos 	  if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
   3982       1.10  christos 	    (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
   3983        1.1     skrll 	      (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
   3984        1.1     skrll 	       (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   3985  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	  else
   3986  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	    {
   3987  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3988        1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3989  1.10.12.2  pgoyette 		(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
   3990        1.1     skrll 		 input_bfd, input_section,
   3991        1.1     skrll 		 (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
   3992        1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   3993        1.1     skrll 	    }
   3994        1.1     skrll 	}
   3995        1.1     skrll     }
   3996        1.1     skrll 
   3997        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3998        1.1     skrll }
   3999        1.1     skrll 
   4000        1.1     skrll /* Install an M_68K_PC32 relocation against VALUE at offset OFFSET
   4001        1.1     skrll    into section SEC.  */
   4002        1.1     skrll 
   4003        1.1     skrll static void
   4004        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, bfd_vma value)
   4005        1.1     skrll {
   4006        1.1     skrll   /* Make VALUE PC-relative.  */
   4007        1.1     skrll   value -= sec->output_section->vma + offset;
   4008        1.1     skrll 
   4009        1.1     skrll   /* Apply any in-place addend.  */
   4010        1.1     skrll   value += bfd_get_32 (sec->owner, sec->contents + offset);
   4011        1.1     skrll 
   4012        1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (sec->owner, value, sec->contents + offset);
   4013        1.1     skrll }
   4014        1.1     skrll 
   4015        1.1     skrll /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   4016        1.1     skrll    dynamic sections here.  */
   4017        1.4  christos 
   4018        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   4019        1.4  christos elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
   4020        1.4  christos 				struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4021        1.1     skrll 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   4022        1.1     skrll 				Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   4023        1.1     skrll {
   4024        1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   4025        1.1     skrll 
   4026        1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   4027        1.1     skrll 
   4028        1.1     skrll   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4029        1.1     skrll     {
   4030        1.1     skrll       const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
   4031        1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   4032        1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   4033        1.1     skrll       asection *srela;
   4034        1.1     skrll       bfd_vma plt_index;
   4035        1.1     skrll       bfd_vma got_offset;
   4036        1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4037        1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   4038        1.1     skrll 
   4039        1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
   4040        1.1     skrll 	 it up.  */
   4041        1.1     skrll 
   4042        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   4043  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   4044  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
   4045  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       splt = elf_hash_table (info)->splt;
   4046        1.1     skrll       sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgotplt;
   4047        1.1     skrll       srela = elf_hash_table (info)->srelplt;
   4048        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4049        1.1     skrll 
   4050        1.1     skrll       /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
   4051        1.1     skrll 	 corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
   4052        1.1     skrll 	 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
   4053        1.1     skrll 	 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
   4054        1.1     skrll       plt_index = (h->plt.offset / plt_info->size) - 1;
   4055        1.1     skrll 
   4056        1.1     skrll       /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
   4057        1.1     skrll 	 corresponds to this function.  Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
   4058        1.1     skrll 	 The first three are reserved.  */
   4059        1.1     skrll       got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
   4060        1.1     skrll 
   4061        1.1     skrll       memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
   4062        1.1     skrll 	      plt_info->symbol_entry,
   4063        1.1     skrll 	      plt_info->size);
   4064        1.1     skrll 
   4065        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.got,
   4066        1.1     skrll 			     (sgot->output_section->vma
   4067        1.1     skrll 			      + sgot->output_offset
   4068        1.1     skrll 			      + got_offset));
   4069        1.1     skrll 
   4070        1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
   4071        1.1     skrll 		  splt->contents
   4072        1.1     skrll 		  + h->plt.offset
   4073        1.1     skrll 		  + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry + 2);
   4074        1.1     skrll 
   4075        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.plt,
   4076        1.1     skrll 			     splt->output_section->vma);
   4077        1.1     skrll 
   4078        1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
   4079        1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4080        1.1     skrll 		  (splt->output_section->vma
   4081        1.1     skrll 		   + splt->output_offset
   4082        1.1     skrll 		   + h->plt.offset
   4083        1.1     skrll 		   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry),
   4084        1.1     skrll 		  sgot->contents + got_offset);
   4085        1.1     skrll 
   4086        1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   4087        1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4088        1.1     skrll 		       + sgot->output_offset
   4089        1.1     skrll 		       + got_offset);
   4090        1.1     skrll       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_JMP_SLOT);
   4091        1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4092        1.1     skrll       loc = srela->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4093        1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4094        1.1     skrll 
   4095        1.1     skrll       if (!h->def_regular)
   4096        1.1     skrll 	{
   4097        1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   4098        1.1     skrll 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   4099        1.1     skrll 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   4100        1.1     skrll 	}
   4101        1.1     skrll     }
   4102        1.1     skrll 
   4103        1.1     skrll   if (elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist != NULL)
   4104        1.1     skrll     {
   4105        1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   4106        1.1     skrll       asection *srela;
   4107        1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   4108        1.1     skrll 
   4109        1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
   4110  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	 up.  */
   4111  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   4112        1.1     skrll       sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
   4113        1.1     skrll       srela = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
   4114        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4115        1.1     skrll 
   4116        1.1     skrll       got_entry = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist;
   4117        1.1     skrll 
   4118        1.3  christos       while (got_entry != NULL)
   4119        1.3  christos 	{
   4120        1.1     skrll 	  enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type;
   4121        1.3  christos 	  bfd_vma got_entry_offset;
   4122        1.3  christos 
   4123        1.1     skrll 	  r_type = got_entry->key_.type;
   4124        1.1     skrll 	  got_entry_offset = got_entry->u.s2.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1;
   4125        1.1     skrll 
   4126        1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a -Bsymbolic link, and the symbol is defined
   4127        1.3  christos 	     locally, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.  Likewise if
   4128        1.1     skrll 	     the symbol was forced to be local because of a version file.
   4129        1.6  christos 	     The entry in the global offset table already have been
   4130        1.3  christos 	     initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   4131        1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   4132        1.3  christos 	      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4133        1.3  christos 	    {
   4134        1.3  christos 	      bfd_vma relocation;
   4135        1.3  christos 
   4136        1.3  christos 	      relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
   4137        1.3  christos 					      (sgot->contents
   4138        1.3  christos 					       + got_entry_offset));
   4139        1.3  christos 
   4140        1.3  christos 	      /* Undo TP bias.  */
   4141        1.3  christos 	      switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   4142        1.3  christos 		{
   4143        1.3  christos 		case R_68K_GOT32O:
   4144        1.3  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   4145        1.3  christos 		  break;
   4146        1.4  christos 
   4147        1.4  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   4148        1.4  christos 		  /* The value for this relocation is actually put in
   4149        1.4  christos 		     the second GOT slot.  */
   4150        1.4  christos 		  relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
   4151        1.3  christos 						  (sgot->contents
   4152        1.3  christos 						   + got_entry_offset + 4));
   4153        1.3  christos 		  relocation += dtpoff_base (info);
   4154        1.3  christos 		  break;
   4155        1.3  christos 
   4156        1.3  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   4157        1.3  christos 		  relocation += tpoff_base (info);
   4158        1.3  christos 		  break;
   4159        1.3  christos 
   4160        1.3  christos 		default:
   4161        1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4162        1.3  christos 		}
   4163        1.3  christos 
   4164        1.3  christos 	      elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
   4165        1.3  christos 						    output_bfd,
   4166        1.3  christos 						    r_type,
   4167        1.3  christos 						    sgot,
   4168        1.3  christos 						    got_entry_offset,
   4169        1.1     skrll 						    relocation,
   4170        1.1     skrll 						    srela);
   4171        1.1     skrll 	    }
   4172        1.3  christos 	  else
   4173        1.3  christos 	    {
   4174        1.3  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4175        1.3  christos 
   4176        1.3  christos 	      /* Put zeros to GOT slots that will be initialized
   4177        1.3  christos 		 at run-time.  */
   4178        1.3  christos 	      {
   4179        1.3  christos 		bfd_vma n_slots;
   4180        1.3  christos 
   4181        1.3  christos 		n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (got_entry->key_.type);
   4182        1.3  christos 		while (n_slots--)
   4183        1.3  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
   4184        1.3  christos 			      (sgot->contents + got_entry_offset
   4185        1.3  christos 			       + 4 * n_slots));
   4186        1.1     skrll 	      }
   4187        1.3  christos 
   4188        1.3  christos 	      rela.r_addend = 0;
   4189        1.3  christos 	      rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4190        1.3  christos 			       + sgot->output_offset
   4191        1.3  christos 			       + got_entry_offset);
   4192        1.3  christos 
   4193        1.3  christos 	      switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   4194        1.3  christos 		{
   4195        1.3  christos 		case R_68K_GOT32O:
   4196        1.3  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_GLOB_DAT);
   4197        1.3  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4198        1.3  christos 		  break;
   4199        1.3  christos 
   4200        1.3  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   4201        1.3  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   4202        1.3  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4203        1.3  christos 
   4204        1.3  christos 		  rela.r_offset += 4;
   4205        1.3  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32);
   4206        1.3  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4207        1.3  christos 		  break;
   4208        1.3  christos 
   4209        1.3  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   4210        1.3  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
   4211        1.3  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4212        1.3  christos 		  break;
   4213        1.3  christos 
   4214        1.3  christos 		default:
   4215        1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4216        1.1     skrll 		  break;
   4217        1.1     skrll 		}
   4218        1.1     skrll 	    }
   4219        1.1     skrll 
   4220        1.1     skrll 	  got_entry = got_entry->u.s2.next;
   4221        1.1     skrll 	}
   4222        1.1     skrll     }
   4223        1.1     skrll 
   4224        1.1     skrll   if (h->needs_copy)
   4225        1.1     skrll     {
   4226        1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   4227        1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4228        1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   4229        1.1     skrll 
   4230        1.1     skrll       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   4231        1.1     skrll 
   4232        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
   4233        1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4234        1.4  christos 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
   4235        1.1     skrll 
   4236        1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   4237        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4238        1.1     skrll 
   4239        1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   4240        1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4241        1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   4242        1.1     skrll       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_COPY);
   4243        1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4244        1.1     skrll       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4245        1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4246        1.1     skrll     }
   4247        1.1     skrll 
   4248        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4249        1.1     skrll }
   4250        1.1     skrll 
   4251        1.1     skrll /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   4252        1.4  christos 
   4253        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   4254        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   4255        1.1     skrll {
   4256        1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   4257        1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   4258        1.1     skrll   asection *sdyn;
   4259        1.1     skrll 
   4260  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   4261        1.1     skrll 
   4262        1.4  christos   sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgotplt;
   4263        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   4264        1.1     skrll   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   4265        1.1     skrll 
   4266        1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   4267        1.1     skrll     {
   4268        1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   4269  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   4270        1.1     skrll 
   4271        1.1     skrll       splt = elf_hash_table (info)->splt;
   4272        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   4273        1.1     skrll 
   4274        1.1     skrll       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   4275        1.1     skrll       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   4276        1.1     skrll       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   4277        1.1     skrll 	{
   4278        1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   4279        1.1     skrll 	  asection *s;
   4280        1.1     skrll 
   4281        1.1     skrll 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   4282        1.1     skrll 
   4283        1.1     skrll 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   4284        1.1     skrll 	    {
   4285        1.1     skrll 	    default:
   4286        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4287  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   4288        1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   4289        1.1     skrll 	      s = elf_hash_table (info)->sgotplt;
   4290  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      goto get_vma;
   4291        1.1     skrll 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   4292       1.10  christos 	      s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelplt;
   4293        1.1     skrll 	    get_vma:
   4294        1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   4295        1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4296        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4297  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   4298        1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   4299        1.1     skrll 	      s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelplt;
   4300        1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   4301        1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4302        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4303        1.1     skrll 	    }
   4304        1.1     skrll 	}
   4305        1.1     skrll 
   4306        1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   4307        1.1     skrll       if (splt->size > 0)
   4308        1.1     skrll 	{
   4309        1.1     skrll 	  const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
   4310        1.1     skrll 
   4311        1.1     skrll 	  plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
   4312        1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (splt->contents, plt_info->plt0_entry, plt_info->size);
   4313        1.1     skrll 
   4314        1.1     skrll 	  elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got4,
   4315        1.1     skrll 				 (sgot->output_section->vma
   4316        1.1     skrll 				  + sgot->output_offset
   4317        1.1     skrll 				  + 4));
   4318        1.1     skrll 
   4319        1.1     skrll 	  elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got8,
   4320        1.1     skrll 				 (sgot->output_section->vma
   4321        1.1     skrll 				  + sgot->output_offset
   4322        1.1     skrll 				  + 8));
   4323        1.1     skrll 
   4324        1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
   4325        1.1     skrll 	    = plt_info->size;
   4326        1.1     skrll 	}
   4327        1.1     skrll     }
   4328        1.1     skrll 
   4329        1.1     skrll   /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
   4330        1.1     skrll   if (sgot->size > 0)
   4331        1.1     skrll     {
   4332        1.1     skrll       if (sdyn == NULL)
   4333        1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
   4334        1.1     skrll       else
   4335        1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4336        1.1     skrll 		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
   4337        1.1     skrll 		    sgot->contents);
   4338        1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
   4339        1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
   4340        1.1     skrll     }
   4341        1.1     skrll 
   4342        1.1     skrll   elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   4343        1.1     skrll 
   4344        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4345        1.1     skrll }
   4346        1.1     skrll 
   4347        1.1     skrll /* Given a .data section and a .emreloc in-memory section, store
   4348        1.1     skrll    relocation information into the .emreloc section which can be
   4349        1.1     skrll    used at runtime to relocate the section.  This is called by the
   4350        1.1     skrll    linker when the --embedded-relocs switch is used.  This is called
   4351        1.1     skrll    after the add_symbols entry point has been called for all the
   4352        1.1     skrll    objects, and before the final_link entry point is called.  */
   4353       1.10  christos 
   4354       1.10  christos bfd_boolean
   4355       1.10  christos bfd_m68k_elf32_create_embedded_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4356        1.1     skrll 				       asection *datasec, asection *relsec,
   4357        1.1     skrll 				       char **errmsg)
   4358        1.1     skrll {
   4359        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   4360        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
   4361        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
   4362        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   4363        1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *p;
   4364        1.6  christos   bfd_size_type amt;
   4365        1.1     skrll 
   4366        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_relocatable (info));
   4367        1.1     skrll 
   4368        1.1     skrll   *errmsg = NULL;
   4369        1.1     skrll 
   4370        1.1     skrll   if (datasec->reloc_count == 0)
   4371        1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   4372        1.1     skrll 
   4373        1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   4374        1.1     skrll 
   4375        1.4  christos   /* Get a copy of the native relocations.  */
   4376        1.1     skrll   internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
   4377        1.1     skrll 		     (abfd, datasec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
   4378        1.1     skrll 		      info->keep_memory));
   4379        1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   4380        1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
   4381        1.1     skrll 
   4382        1.1     skrll   amt = (bfd_size_type) datasec->reloc_count * 12;
   4383        1.1     skrll   relsec->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
   4384        1.1     skrll   if (relsec->contents == NULL)
   4385        1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
   4386        1.1     skrll 
   4387        1.1     skrll   p = relsec->contents;
   4388        1.1     skrll 
   4389        1.1     skrll   irelend = internal_relocs + datasec->reloc_count;
   4390        1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++, p += 12)
   4391        1.1     skrll     {
   4392        1.1     skrll       asection *targetsec;
   4393        1.1     skrll 
   4394        1.1     skrll       /* We are going to write a four byte longword into the runtime
   4395        1.1     skrll        reloc section.  The longword will be the address in the data
   4396        1.1     skrll        section which must be relocated.  It is followed by the name
   4397        1.1     skrll        of the target section NUL-padded or truncated to 8
   4398        1.1     skrll        characters.  */
   4399        1.1     skrll 
   4400        1.1     skrll       /* We can only relocate absolute longword relocs at run time.  */
   4401  1.10.12.2  pgoyette       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_68K_32)
   4402        1.1     skrll 	{
   4403        1.1     skrll 	  *errmsg = _("unsupported relocation type");
   4404        1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4405        1.1     skrll 	  goto error_return;
   4406        1.1     skrll 	}
   4407        1.1     skrll 
   4408        1.1     skrll       /* Get the target section referred to by the reloc.  */
   4409        1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   4410        1.1     skrll 	{
   4411        1.1     skrll 	  /* A local symbol.  */
   4412        1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   4413        1.1     skrll 
   4414        1.1     skrll 	  /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
   4415        1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4416        1.1     skrll 	    {
   4417        1.1     skrll 	      isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
   4418        1.1     skrll 	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4419        1.1     skrll 		isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
   4420        1.1     skrll 						symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
   4421        1.1     skrll 						NULL, NULL, NULL);
   4422        1.1     skrll 	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4423        1.1     skrll 		goto error_return;
   4424        1.1     skrll 	    }
   4425        1.1     skrll 
   4426        1.1     skrll 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
   4427        1.1     skrll 	  targetsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   4428        1.1     skrll 	}
   4429        1.1     skrll       else
   4430        1.1     skrll 	{
   4431        1.1     skrll 	  unsigned long indx;
   4432        1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   4433        1.1     skrll 
   4434        1.1     skrll 	  /* An external symbol.  */
   4435        1.1     skrll 	  indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   4436        1.1     skrll 	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
   4437        1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   4438        1.1     skrll 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4439        1.1     skrll 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   4440        1.1     skrll 	    targetsec = h->root.u.def.section;
   4441        1.1     skrll 	  else
   4442        1.1     skrll 	    targetsec = NULL;
   4443        1.1     skrll 	}
   4444        1.1     skrll 
   4445        1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (abfd, irel->r_offset + datasec->output_offset, p);
   4446        1.1     skrll       memset (p + 4, 0, 8);
   4447        1.1     skrll       if (targetsec != NULL)
   4448        1.1     skrll 	strncpy ((char *) p + 4, targetsec->output_section->name, 8);
   4449        1.1     skrll     }
   4450        1.1     skrll 
   4451        1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   4452        1.1     skrll     free (isymbuf);
   4453        1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   4454        1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   4455        1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
   4456        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4457        1.1     skrll 
   4458        1.1     skrll error_return:
   4459        1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   4460        1.1     skrll     free (isymbuf);
   4461        1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   4462        1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   4463        1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
   4464        1.1     skrll   return FALSE;
   4465        1.1     skrll }
   4466        1.1     skrll 
   4467        1.1     skrll /* Set target options.  */
   4468        1.1     skrll 
   4469        1.1     skrll void
   4470        1.1     skrll bfd_elf_m68k_set_target_options (struct bfd_link_info *info, int got_handling)
   4471        1.3  christos {
   4472        1.3  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   4473        1.3  christos   bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
   4474        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
   4475        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
   4476        1.1     skrll 
   4477        1.1     skrll   switch (got_handling)
   4478        1.1     skrll     {
   4479        1.3  christos     case 0:
   4480        1.3  christos       /* --got=single.  */
   4481        1.3  christos       local_gp_p = FALSE;
   4482        1.1     skrll       use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
   4483        1.1     skrll       allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   4484        1.1     skrll       break;
   4485        1.1     skrll 
   4486        1.3  christos     case 1:
   4487        1.3  christos       /* --got=negative.  */
   4488        1.3  christos       local_gp_p = TRUE;
   4489        1.1     skrll       use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
   4490        1.1     skrll       allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   4491        1.1     skrll       break;
   4492        1.1     skrll 
   4493        1.3  christos     case 2:
   4494        1.3  christos       /* --got=multigot.  */
   4495        1.3  christos       local_gp_p = TRUE;
   4496        1.1     skrll       use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
   4497        1.1     skrll       allow_multigot_p = TRUE;
   4498        1.1     skrll       break;
   4499        1.1     skrll 
   4500        1.3  christos     default:
   4501        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4502        1.3  christos       return;
   4503        1.3  christos     }
   4504        1.3  christos 
   4505        1.3  christos   htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
   4506        1.3  christos   if (htab != NULL)
   4507        1.3  christos     {
   4508        1.3  christos       htab->local_gp_p = local_gp_p;
   4509        1.1     skrll       htab->use_neg_got_offsets_p = use_neg_got_offsets_p;
   4510        1.1     skrll       htab->allow_multigot_p = allow_multigot_p;
   4511        1.1     skrll     }
   4512        1.1     skrll }
   4513        1.6  christos 
   4514        1.6  christos static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   4515        1.6  christos elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4516        1.1     skrll 			     const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4517        1.1     skrll 			     const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   4518        1.1     skrll {
   4519        1.1     skrll   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   4520        1.1     skrll     {
   4521        1.1     skrll     case R_68K_RELATIVE:
   4522        1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_relative;
   4523        1.1     skrll     case R_68K_JMP_SLOT:
   4524        1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_plt;
   4525        1.1     skrll     case R_68K_COPY:
   4526        1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_copy;
   4527        1.1     skrll     default:
   4528        1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_normal;
   4529        1.1     skrll     }
   4530        1.1     skrll }
   4531        1.1     skrll 
   4532        1.1     skrll /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   4533        1.1     skrll    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   4534        1.1     skrll 
   4535        1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
   4536        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
   4537        1.1     skrll 		      const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4538        1.1     skrll {
   4539        1.1     skrll   return plt->vma + (i + 1) * elf_m68k_get_plt_info (plt->owner)->size;
   4540        1.4  christos }
   4541        1.4  christos 
   4542        1.4  christos /* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
   4543        1.4  christos 
   4544        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   4545        1.4  christos elf_m68k_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   4546        1.4  christos {
   4547        1.4  christos   int offset;
   4548        1.4  christos   size_t size;
   4549        1.4  christos 
   4550        1.4  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   4551        1.4  christos     {
   4552        1.4  christos     default:
   4553        1.4  christos       return FALSE;
   4554        1.4  christos 
   4555        1.6  christos     case 154:		/* Linux/m68k */
   4556        1.4  christos       /* pr_cursig */
   4557        1.4  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   4558        1.6  christos 
   4559        1.4  christos       /* pr_pid */
   4560        1.4  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 22);
   4561        1.4  christos 
   4562        1.4  christos       /* pr_reg */
   4563        1.4  christos       offset = 70;
   4564        1.4  christos       size = 80;
   4565        1.4  christos 
   4566        1.4  christos       break;
   4567        1.4  christos     }
   4568        1.4  christos 
   4569        1.4  christos   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
   4570        1.4  christos   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
   4571        1.4  christos 					  size, note->descpos + offset);
   4572        1.4  christos }
   4573        1.4  christos 
   4574        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   4575        1.4  christos elf_m68k_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   4576        1.4  christos {
   4577        1.4  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   4578        1.4  christos     {
   4579        1.4  christos     default:
   4580        1.4  christos       return FALSE;
   4581        1.6  christos 
   4582        1.4  christos     case 124:		/* Linux/m68k elf_prpsinfo.  */
   4583        1.6  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
   4584        1.4  christos 	= bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   4585        1.6  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
   4586        1.4  christos 	= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
   4587        1.4  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
   4588        1.4  christos 	= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
   4589        1.4  christos     }
   4590        1.4  christos 
   4591        1.4  christos   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
   4592        1.4  christos      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
   4593        1.6  christos      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
   4594        1.4  christos   {
   4595        1.4  christos     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
   4596        1.4  christos     int n = strlen (command);
   4597        1.4  christos 
   4598        1.4  christos     if (n > 0 && command[n - 1] == ' ')
   4599        1.4  christos       command[n - 1] = '\0';
   4600        1.4  christos   }
   4601        1.4  christos 
   4602        1.4  christos   return TRUE;
   4603        1.6  christos }
   4604        1.1     skrll 
   4605        1.1     skrll #define TARGET_BIG_SYM			m68k_elf32_vec
   4606        1.1     skrll #define TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-m68k"
   4607        1.1     skrll #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE		EM_68K
   4608        1.1     skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x2000
   4609        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
   4610        1.1     skrll 					_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   4611        1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
   4612        1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create
   4613        1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link	bfd_elf_final_link
   4614        1.1     skrll 
   4615        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_check_relocs	elf_m68k_check_relocs
   4616        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
   4617        1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_always_size_sections
   4618        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
   4619        1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   4620        1.3  christos #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
   4621        1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections
   4622        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_final_write_processing	elf_m68k_final_write_processing
   4623        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_init_index_section	_bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
   4624        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_relocate_section	elf_m68k_relocate_section
   4625        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
   4626        1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
   4627        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
   4628        1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections
   4629        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook
   4630  1.10.12.1  pgoyette #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol
   4631        1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
   4632  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 					elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data
   4633        1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags \
   4634  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 					elf32_m68k_set_private_flags
   4635        1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
   4636        1.1     skrll 					elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data
   4637        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class
   4638        1.4  christos #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val		elf_m68k_plt_sym_val
   4639        1.4  christos #define elf_backend_object_p		elf32_m68k_object_p
   4640        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus	elf_m68k_grok_prstatus
   4641        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo		elf_m68k_grok_psinfo
   4642        1.1     skrll 
   4643        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
   4644        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
   4645        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
   4646        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
   4647        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
   4648  1.10.12.1  pgoyette #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12
   4649  1.10.12.1  pgoyette #define elf_backend_rela_normal		1
   4650  1.10.12.1  pgoyette #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt	1
   4651        1.1     skrll 
   4652        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16	TRUE
   4653                      
   4654                      #include "elf32-target.h"
   4655